1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
135 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
155 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
166 \begin_inset Newline newline
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 \begin_inset Note Note
177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
178 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
179 \begin_inset Newline newline
184 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
192 \begin_layout Standard
193 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
194 LatexCommand tableofcontents
201 \begin_layout Chapter
205 \begin_layout Section
209 \begin_layout Standard
210 LyX is a document preparation system.
211 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
212 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
213 It is unlike most other
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
223 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 pt type, left justified, 5
240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
252 \begin_layout Standard
253 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
266 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
270 \begin_layout Standard
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
283 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
284 the format of all of the manuals.
285 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
286 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
303 \begin_layout Section
307 \begin_layout Standard
308 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
310 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
311 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
317 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
318 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
320 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
321 only a vertical scrollbar.
322 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
323 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
324 This, however, is due
325 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
326 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
327 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
328 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
330 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
331 this doesn't work for equations yet.
334 \begin_layout Standard
335 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
343 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
348 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
349 ing sections of this documentation.
352 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_layout Standard
357 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
362 of the manuals from inside LyX.
363 Just select the manual you want read from the
370 \begin_layout Section
372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
374 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
381 \begin_layout Standard
382 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
383 without resorting to configuration files.
384 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
385 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
386 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
402 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
407 \begin_inset space \space{}
410 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
411 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
413 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
417 \begin_inset Index idx
420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
421 Reconfiguration of LyX
426 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
429 \begin_layout Section
431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
433 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
440 \begin_layout Standard
441 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
442 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
444 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
445 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
452 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
453 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
458 you can view from the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
480 reconfigure LyX (menu
482 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
486 \begin_inset Note Note
489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
490 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
498 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
499 More about TeX Code is described in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
510 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
517 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 See section 5.1 of the
540 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
543 \begin_layout Chapter
547 \begin_layout Section
548 Basic File Operations
549 \begin_inset Index idx
552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
561 \begin_layout Standard
566 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
567 in addition to some more advanced operations:
570 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
612 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 arg "dialog-show print"
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
767 space is just that — a big, blank space.
775 \begin_layout Standard
796 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
801 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
826 will reload the document from disk.
827 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
828 and want to restore it to the last save.
837 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
838 can identify them as your changes.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Basic Editing Features
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
864 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
865 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
866 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
868 We'll start with cut and paste.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 As you might expect, the
876 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
877 various other editing features.
878 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
882 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_layout Itemize
910 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
960 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
966 \begin_layout Standard
967 The first three are self-explanatory.
968 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
969 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
978 keys also function as the
983 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
984 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
989 to get back the lost text.
992 \begin_layout Standard
993 \begin_inset Index idx
996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1002 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1011 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1014 \begin_layout Standard
1017 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1022 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1039 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1043 \begin_inset space ~
1048 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1049 will start a new paragraph.
1052 \begin_layout Standard
1053 \begin_inset Index idx
1056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1063 \begin_inset Index idx
1066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1076 \begin_inset space ~
1080 \begin_inset space ~
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1098 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1103 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1106 \begin_inset space ~
1115 \begin_inset space ~
1120 button to skip the current word.
1124 \begin_inset space ~
1129 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1133 \begin_inset space ~
1138 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1140 If the toggle is set, searching for
1141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 will not match the word
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1167 Match whole words only
1169 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1198 LyX offers also an advanced
1201 \begin_inset space ~
1205 \begin_inset space ~
1210 feature that is described in sec.
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1217 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1224 \begin_layout Standard
1225 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1226 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1228 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1233 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1240 \begin_layout Section
1242 \begin_inset Index idx
1245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1252 \begin_inset Index idx
1255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1264 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1271 \begin_layout Standard
1272 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1273 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1279 or the toolbar button
1285 to undo some mistake.
1286 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1288 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1291 or the toolbar button
1298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1305 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1309 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1313 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1322 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1323 This is a consequence of the 100
1324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1327 step undo limit, above.
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1339 work on almost everything in LyX.
1340 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1344 \begin_layout Section
1346 \begin_inset Index idx
1349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1358 \begin_layout Standard
1359 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1362 \begin_layout Enumerate
1367 \begin_layout Itemize
1372 once anywhere in the edit window.
1373 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1377 \begin_layout Enumerate
1382 \begin_layout Itemize
1388 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1394 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1397 \begin_layout Itemize
1398 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1400 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1407 \begin_layout Enumerate
1408 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1412 \begin_layout Standard
1413 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1414 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1418 \begin_layout Enumerate
1423 \begin_layout Standard
1428 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1433 \begin_layout Section
1435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1437 name "sec:Navigating"
1442 \begin_inset Index idx
1445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1454 \begin_layout Standard
1456 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960211
1458 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960212
1461 ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1486 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960291
1490 \begin_layout Itemize
1492 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960282
1493 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1495 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1498 and use the same menu to return to them.
1499 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1504 \begin_layout Standard
1506 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961047
1510 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1515 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1516 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1519 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1520 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1521 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1522 your last editing position.
1525 \begin_layout Subsection
1527 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960155
1531 \begin_layout Standard
1533 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960739
1534 was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1542 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1543 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1544 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1545 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1546 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1549 LatexCommand formatted
1550 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1554 ), or notes, or citations (see
1555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1556 LatexCommand formatted
1557 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1562 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1564 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1565 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1566 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1567 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1570 LatexCommand formatted
1571 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1575 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1577 LatexCommand formatted
1578 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1583 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1586 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960743
1587 window shows you the content of the document's table of contents (TOC)
1588 that is described in section
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1595 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1600 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1601 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1602 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1603 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1604 to the document, see section
1605 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1611 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1617 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961073
1621 \begin_layout Standard
1623 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961268
1624 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1625 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1626 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1627 dialog and to modify the citation.
1628 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1632 \begin_layout Standard
1634 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961348
1635 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1637 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1638 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1646 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1649 \begin_layout Standard
1651 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961396
1652 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1653 you further to control the display.
1660 option sorts the current list
1661 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961441
1663 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1665 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302961448
1667 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961449
1674 option keeps it in the current view state.
1675 Keeping means that when you have e.
1676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1680 \begin_inset space \space{}
1683 the subsections of section
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1691 3, the subsections of section
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1700 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1706 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961566
1707 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1717 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1720 \begin_layout Standard
1722 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960914
1724 \begin_inset space \space{}
1728 \begin_inset Graphics
1729 filename ../images/down.png
1731 groupId toolbarbuttons
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1740 \begin_inset space \space{}
1744 \begin_inset Graphics
1745 filename ../images/up.png
1747 groupId toolbarbuttons
1752 \begin_inset space ~
1755 at the bottom of the outline window you can
1756 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961517
1758 \begin_inset space ~
1762 \begin_inset Graphics
1763 filename /cvs/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/images/reload.png
1768 \begin_inset space ~
1771 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1772 Next to it are buttons that allow you to
1774 change the position of sections in your document.
1776 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960951
1778 \begin_inset space \space{}
1782 \begin_inset Graphics
1783 filename ../images/down.png
1785 groupId toolbarbuttons
1790 \begin_inset space ~
1794 \begin_inset space \space{}
1798 \begin_inset Graphics
1799 filename ../images/up.png
1801 groupId toolbarbuttons
1806 \begin_inset space ~
1809 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1812 So, for example, you can move section
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1821 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960981
1823 \begin_inset space ~
1829 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1831 \begin_inset Graphics
1832 filename ../images/promote.png
1834 groupId toolbarbuttons
1839 \begin_inset Graphics
1840 filename ../images/demote.png
1842 groupId toolbarbuttons
1847 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960990
1850 or the corresponding key bindings
1858 ) you can change the level of sections.
1859 So you can for example make section
1860 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1868 \begin_inset space ~
1874 \begin_layout Standard
1876 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960144
1880 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1885 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1886 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1889 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1890 This is useful when you have a large document and navigated or scrolled
1891 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1892 your last editing position.
1897 \begin_layout Section
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1900 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1905 \begin_inset Index idx
1908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_inset Index idx
1918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 Input / Word Completion
1949 \begin_layout Standard
1950 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1952 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1953 is used to propose completions.
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1957 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1958 there are completions available.
1959 You can then press the
1963 key to use this completion.
1964 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1965 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1966 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1973 \begin_layout Standard
1974 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1976 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1979 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1981 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1984 by deselecting the option
1991 Automatic inline completion
1993 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1994 To accept this proposal, use the
2003 the completions are always shown in a popup.
2004 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
2006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2012 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2019 \begin_layout Section
2021 \begin_inset Index idx
2024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2031 \begin_inset Index idx
2034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2063 \begin_inset Index idx
2066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2097 \begin_layout Standard
2098 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
2099 LyX's default is CUA.
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2106 \begin_inset space ~
2114 \begin_inset space ~
2135 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2139 \begin_layout Labeling
2140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2145 LatexCommand nomenclature
2147 description "Tabulator key"
2153 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2154 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2161 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2168 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2172 , especially section
2173 \begin_inset space ~
2177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2179 reference "sub:Lists"
2185 If you're still confused, look in the
2192 \begin_layout Labeling
2193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2197 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2198 LatexCommand nomenclature
2200 description "Escape key"
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2215 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2218 \begin_layout Labeling
2219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2225 \begin_inset space ~
2229 \begin_inset space ~
2236 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2237 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2241 \begin_layout Standard
2242 There are three modifier keys:
2245 \begin_layout Labeling
2246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2264 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2265 LatexCommand nomenclature
2267 description "Control key"
2271 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2272 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2276 \begin_layout Itemize
2285 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2288 \begin_layout Itemize
2297 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2300 \begin_layout Itemize
2309 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2313 \begin_layout Labeling
2314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2332 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2333 LatexCommand nomenclature
2335 description "Shift key"
2339 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2340 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2343 \begin_layout Labeling
2344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2362 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2363 LatexCommand nomenclature
2365 description "Alt or Meta key"
2369 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2370 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2371 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2377 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2379 menu accelerator keys
2382 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2383 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 For example, the sequence
2389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2395 \begin_inset space ~
2399 \begin_inset space ~
2405 \begin_inset space ~
2413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2432 \begin_inset space ~
2438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2448 \begin_layout Standard
2453 manual lists all other things bound to the
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2463 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2464 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2465 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2466 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2467 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2468 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2469 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2485 followed by a capital
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2495 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2500 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2503 as explained in sec.
2504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2510 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2517 \begin_layout Chapter
2519 \begin_inset Index idx
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 \begin_layout Section
2533 \begin_inset Index idx
2536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2545 \begin_layout Subsection
2549 \begin_layout Standard
2550 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2551 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2552 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2553 numbering schemes, and so on.
2554 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2555 and format the title of your document differently.
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2563 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2564 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2565 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2566 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2567 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2570 \begin_layout Standard
2571 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2572 how to adjust their properties.
2575 \begin_layout Subsection
2577 \begin_inset Index idx
2580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2589 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 You can select a class using the
2599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2600 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2604 \begin_inset Index idx
2607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 Article for basic articles
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Report for basic reports
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Book for writing a book
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Letter for US-style letters
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2645 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2646 will include many of these.
2647 Here are some of the classes.
2648 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2650 Special Document Classes
2659 \begin_layout Description
2660 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2668 \begin_layout Description
2669 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2673 \begin_layout Description
2674 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2675 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2676 There are three article layouts available.
2677 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2678 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2679 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2680 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2685 sequential numbering
2686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2689 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2690 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2691 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2692 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2695 \begin_layout Description
2696 Beamer Layout for presentations
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2701 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2705 \begin_layout Description
2706 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2709 \begin_layout Description
2711 \begin_inset space ~
2714 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2717 \begin_layout Description
2718 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2721 \begin_layout Description
2722 Foils Used to make transparencies
2725 \begin_layout Description
2726 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2727 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2731 \begin_layout Description
2732 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2733 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2736 \begin_layout Description
2737 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2740 \begin_layout Description
2741 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2744 \begin_layout Description
2745 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2746 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2747 (Is used by this document.)
2750 \begin_layout Description
2751 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2754 \begin_layout Description
2755 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2758 \begin_layout Description
2763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2770 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2771 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2773 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2776 \begin_layout Description
2777 Slides Used to make transparencies
2780 \begin_layout Description
2782 \begin_inset space ~
2785 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2786 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2789 \begin_layout Description
2790 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2793 \begin_layout Standard
2794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2802 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2803 of the document classes.
2806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2810 \begin_layout Standard
2812 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2813 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2814 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2815 You will probably find
2817 that many of the document classes listed under
2819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2820 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2843 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2844 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2845 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2846 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2851 \begin_inset space ~
2860 receive a warning saying that
2861 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2862 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2864 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2865 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2869 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2873 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2876 that something is wrong.
2879 \begin_layout Standard
2881 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2883 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2887 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2888 and some of them, like
2892 , are highly specialized.
2894 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2897 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2898 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2899 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2900 by some document class.
2901 There are just too many of them.
2902 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2905 \begin_layout Standard
2906 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2914 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2915 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2916 document class for a new file.
2917 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2922 Installing new LaTeX files
2923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2930 manual for information on how to install them.
2931 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2939 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2941 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2942 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2943 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2945 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2948 \begin_inset space ~
2955 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2967 \begin_inset Index idx
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 \begin_layout Standard
2980 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2981 chosen document class.
2982 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2983 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2994 \begin_inset Index idx
2997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3004 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
3008 \begin_layout Standard
3009 Some modules require LaTeX packages
3010 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
3011 or file format converters
3013 that are not always installed by default.
3014 LyX will warn you if you do not have
3015 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
3017 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
3021 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
3022 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
3025 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3026 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
3027 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
3028 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
3030 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
3034 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
3036 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
3038 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
3041 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3043 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3047 \begin_inset Index idx
3050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 Reconfiguration of LyX
3057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3060 Installing new LaTeX files
3061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3068 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3071 \begin_layout Standard
3072 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3081 LyX will advise you about these things.
3089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3093 \begin_layout Standard
3094 Each class has a default set of options.
3095 Here's a quick table describing them:
3098 \begin_layout Standard
3099 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3105 \begin_layout Standard
3107 \begin_inset Tabular
3108 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3109 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3568 \begin_layout Standard
3569 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 You're probably also wondering what
3577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3581 \begin_inset space ~
3585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3589 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3590 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3595 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3600 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3610 headings, there are also
3618 headings, and so on.
3619 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3626 reference "sub:Headings"
3633 \begin_layout Subsection
3635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3637 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3642 \begin_inset Index idx
3645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3654 \begin_inset Index idx
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3666 \begin_layout Standard
3667 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3680 \begin_inset space ~
3685 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3687 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3688 to use for your document.
3689 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3706 \begin_inset space ~
3711 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3712 You can choose between the following five options:
3715 \begin_layout Labeling
3716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3721 Use default page style of current class.
3724 \begin_layout Labeling
3725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3730 No page numbers or headings.
3733 \begin_layout Labeling
3734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3742 \begin_layout Labeling
3743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3748 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3749 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3750 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3753 \begin_layout Labeling
3754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3759 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3765 \begin_inset Index idx
3768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3769 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3775 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3776 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3778 Check the documentation for the
3782 package for more details,
3783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3797 of paragraphs is described in section
3798 \begin_inset space ~
3802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3804 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3811 \begin_layout Subsection
3812 Paper Size and Orientation
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3817 Document ! Paper size
3823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3825 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 You'll find the following options in the menu
3836 \begin_inset space ~
3841 of the dialog of the
3843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3849 \begin_inset Index idx
3852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3861 \begin_layout Labeling
3862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3866 \begin_inset space ~
3871 What size paper to print on.
3875 \begin_layout Itemize
3881 \begin_layout Itemize
3891 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 \begin_layout Itemize
3903 \begin_layout Itemize
3909 \begin_layout Itemize
3915 \begin_layout Itemize
3921 \begin_layout Labeling
3922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3927 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3938 \begin_layout Labeling
3939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3943 \begin_inset space ~
3948 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3949 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3952 \begin_layout Subsection
3954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3961 \begin_inset Index idx
3964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3971 \begin_inset Index idx
3974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 Paper margins are set in the menu
3986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3990 \begin_inset Index idx
3993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4004 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4005 the paper format and the font size into account.
4008 \begin_layout Subsection
4012 \begin_layout Standard
4013 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4018 That includes the paragraph environments.
4019 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4020 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4021 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4022 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4031 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4033 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4034 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4035 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4038 \begin_layout Section
4039 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4040 \begin_inset Index idx
4043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4044 Paragraph ! Indentation
4052 \begin_layout Subsection
4054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4056 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4065 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4068 \begin_layout Standard
4069 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4070 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4071 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4072 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4076 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4082 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4083 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4084 language than English.
4085 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4088 \begin_layout Standard
4089 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4090 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4092 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4093 LyX takes care of that.
4094 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4096 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4097 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4098 of a page, and so on.
4102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4103 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4108 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4109 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4113 of these pre-coded spacings.
4114 We'll explain more later.
4117 \begin_layout Subsection
4118 Paragraph Separation
4119 \begin_inset Index idx
4122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4123 Paragraph ! Separation
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 To separate paragraphs, select
4143 \begin_inset space ~
4150 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4154 \begin_inset Index idx
4157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4163 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4164 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4165 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4168 \begin_layout Standard
4178 \begin_layout Standard
4179 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4180 \begin_inset space ~
4184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4186 reference "cap:Units"
4191 The default length is 30
4192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4198 \begin_layout Subsection
4202 \begin_layout Standard
4203 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4208 \begin_inset space ~
4213 dialog and toggle the
4216 \begin_inset space ~
4221 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4224 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4228 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4229 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4233 \begin_layout Standard
4234 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4235 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4238 \begin_layout Subsection
4240 \begin_inset Index idx
4243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4244 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4259 \begin_inset Index idx
4262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4271 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4274 \begin_inset space ~
4283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4284 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4289 \begin_inset Index idx
4292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4293 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4298 installed to use this feature.
4306 \begin_layout Section
4307 Paragraph Environments
4308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4310 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4315 \begin_inset Index idx
4318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4319 Paragraph ! Environments
4325 \begin_inset Index idx
4328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4329 Paragraph environments|(
4337 \begin_layout Subsection
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4345 \begin_layout Standard
4364 \begin_inset Newline newline
4367 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4368 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4369 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4378 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4381 \begin_layout Standard
4382 A paragraph environment is simply a
4383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4390 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4391 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4392 scheme, labels, and so on.
4393 Additionally, you can
4394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4401 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4402 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4403 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4404 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4405 days of typewriters.
4406 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4408 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4412 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4413 \begin_inset Graphics
4414 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4420 at the left end of the toolbar.
4421 LyX will change the environment of the
4425 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4426 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4427 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4440 create a new paragraph using the
4444 paragraph environment.
4446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4453 because if you are in one of these environments:
4456 \begin_layout Itemize
4462 \begin_layout Itemize
4468 \begin_layout Itemize
4474 \begin_layout Itemize
4480 \begin_layout Itemize
4486 \begin_layout Itemize
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4498 \begin_layout Standard
4499 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4503 , rather than resetting it to
4508 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4509 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4510 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4511 \begin_inset space ~
4515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4517 reference "sec:Nesting"
4522 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4527 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4528 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4532 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4538 \begin_layout Subsection
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 The default paragraph environment is
4548 It creates a plain paragraph.
4549 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4550 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4551 this manual) are in the
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559 You can nest a paragraph using the
4563 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4571 \begin_layout Subsection
4573 \begin_inset Index idx
4576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4585 \begin_layout Standard
4586 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4595 for thanks or contact information.
4596 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4597 page along with today's date.
4598 For other types of documents, the title
4599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4606 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4610 \begin_layout Standard
4611 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4625 Here's how you use them:
4628 \begin_layout Itemize
4629 Put the title of your document in the
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 Put the author name in the
4644 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4646 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4652 Note that using this environment is optional.
4653 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4654 If you don't want any date, add the line
4655 \begin_inset Newline newline
4665 \begin_inset Newline newline
4668 to the preamble of your document (menu
4670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4676 \begin_layout Standard
4677 You can use footnotes to insert
4678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4685 or contact information.
4688 \begin_layout Subsection
4690 \begin_inset Index idx
4693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4711 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4716 \begin_inset Index idx
4719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4720 Section headings ! Numbered
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 \begin_layout Enumerate
4769 \begin_layout Enumerate
4775 \begin_layout Standard
4776 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4777 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4778 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4782 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4783 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4784 You group the book into chapters.
4785 LyX does similar grouping:
4788 \begin_layout Itemize
4793 is divided in either
4804 \begin_layout Itemize
4816 \begin_layout Itemize
4828 \begin_layout Itemize
4840 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 \begin_layout Itemize
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4873 Not all document types use the
4877 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4882 is the top-level heading.
4890 \begin_layout Standard
4895 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4896 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4898 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4912 \begin_inset Index idx
4915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4916 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4925 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4929 \begin_layout Enumerate
4935 \begin_layout Enumerate
4941 \begin_layout Enumerate
4947 \begin_layout Enumerate
4953 \begin_layout Enumerate
4959 \begin_layout Standard
4961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4968 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4969 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4970 table of contents, see section
4971 \begin_inset space ~
4975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4985 Changing the Numbering
4986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4988 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4995 \begin_layout Standard
4996 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4997 in the Table of Contents.
4998 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5000 Certain classes start with
5014 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5024 This is something you can change.
5027 \begin_layout Standard
5030 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5036 \begin_inset Index idx
5039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5050 \begin_inset space ~
5054 \begin_inset space ~
5059 you'll see two counters.
5064 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5066 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 Short Titles of Headings
5072 \begin_inset Index idx
5075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5076 Section headings ! Short titles
5082 \begin_inset Argument
5085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5094 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5102 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5103 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5104 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5105 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5110 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5111 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5112 To specify a short title, use the menu
5114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5116 \begin_inset space ~
5122 This will insert a box labeled
5123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5138 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5139 This also works for captions inside floats.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5151 The following information applies to all section headings:
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5166 \begin_layout Itemize
5167 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5170 \begin_layout Subsection
5171 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5174 \begin_layout Standard
5175 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5189 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5190 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5191 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5192 the text they contain.
5193 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5201 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5205 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5214 when you start a new paragraph.
5215 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5219 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5220 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5221 to change back to the
5225 environment yourself.
5228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5245 \begin_inset Index idx
5248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5257 \begin_layout Standard
5258 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5259 time for the differences.
5268 are identical except for one difference:
5272 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5281 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5284 \begin_layout Standard
5285 Here's an example of the
5298 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5300 See – no indentation!
5304 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5305 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5306 the other paragraph.
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310 Here's another example, this time in the
5317 \begin_layout Quotation
5323 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5324 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5325 the first line, then
5329 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5333 you were quoting other text.
5336 \begin_layout Quotation
5337 Here's a new paragraph.
5338 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5339 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5343 As the examples show,
5347 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5348 They should put quotes in the
5353 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5357 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5366 \begin_inset Index idx
5369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5378 \begin_inset Index idx
5381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5402 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5408 \begin_inset Newline newline
5411 Which I did not rehearse!
5415 It could be much worse.
5416 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5418 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5419 indented a bit more than the first.
5420 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5426 \begin_inset Newline newline
5429 And make things look fine
5430 \begin_inset Newline newline
5436 arg "newline-insert newline"
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5447 does not indent both margins.
5448 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5449 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5456 arg "newline-insert newline"
5462 \begin_layout Subsection
5464 \begin_inset Index idx
5467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5494 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5503 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5504 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5505 some general features of all four of them.
5508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5512 \begin_layout Standard
5513 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5515 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5524 reset the environment to
5528 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5529 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5530 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5534 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5537 to break paragraphs.
5540 \begin_layout Standard
5541 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5542 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5544 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5545 you read all of section
5546 \begin_inset space ~
5550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5552 reference "sec:Nesting"
5560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5566 \begin_inset Index idx
5569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5586 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5590 paragraph environment.
5591 It has the following properties:
5594 \begin_layout Itemize
5595 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5599 \begin_layout Itemize
5600 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5603 \begin_layout Itemize
5604 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5608 \begin_layout Itemize
5609 The items can have any length.
5610 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5611 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5618 \begin_layout Itemize
5623 environment inside another
5627 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5631 \begin_layout Itemize
5632 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5635 \begin_layout Itemize
5636 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5639 \begin_layout Itemize
5641 \begin_inset space ~
5645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5647 reference "sec:Nesting"
5651 for a full explanation of nesting.
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5656 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5665 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5669 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5670 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5673 \begin_layout Itemize
5674 The label for the first level
5678 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5683 The label for the second level is a dash.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5692 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5697 \begin_layout Itemize
5698 Back out to the third level.
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5703 Back to the second level.
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 Back to the outermost level.
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5712 These are the default labels for an
5717 You can customize these labels in the
5719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5722 dialog in the submenu
5729 \begin_inset Index idx
5732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5743 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5745 \begin_inset space ~
5749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5751 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5764 \begin_inset Index idx
5767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5776 name "sec:Enumerate"
5783 \begin_layout Standard
5788 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5789 It has these properties:
5792 \begin_layout Enumerate
5793 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5797 \begin_layout Enumerate
5798 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5802 \begin_layout Enumerate
5803 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5806 \begin_layout Enumerate
5811 environment resets the counter to one.
5814 \begin_layout Enumerate
5827 \begin_layout Enumerate
5828 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5829 Items can have any length.
5832 \begin_layout Enumerate
5833 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5836 \begin_layout Enumerate
5837 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5840 \begin_layout Enumerate
5841 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5845 \begin_layout Standard
5854 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5855 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5862 \begin_layout Enumerate
5863 The first level of an
5867 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5871 \begin_layout Enumerate
5872 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5876 \begin_layout Enumerate
5877 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5881 \begin_layout Enumerate
5882 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5885 \begin_layout Enumerate
5886 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5891 \begin_layout Enumerate
5892 Back to the third level
5896 \begin_layout Enumerate
5897 Back to the second level.
5901 \begin_layout Enumerate
5902 Back to the outermost level.
5905 \begin_layout Standard
5906 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5911 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5916 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5920 \begin_layout Standard
5921 There is more to nesting
5925 environments than we've stated here.
5926 You should read section
5927 \begin_inset space ~
5931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5933 reference "sec:Nesting"
5937 to learn more about nesting.
5940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5946 \begin_inset Index idx
5949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5958 \begin_layout Standard
5959 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5963 list has no fixed label.
5964 Instead, LyX uses the first
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of the first line as the label.
5976 \begin_layout Description
5977 Example: This is an example of the
5984 \begin_layout Standard
5985 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5989 \begin_layout Standard
5991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5998 it is meant that the first hit of the
6002 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
6004 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
6012 arg "space-insert protected"
6017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6018 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6020 \begin_inset space ~
6026 \begin_inset space ~
6030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6032 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6036 for more info.) Here is an example:
6039 \begin_layout Description
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6044 Example: This one shows how to use a
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6059 \begin_layout Description
6060 Usage: You should use the
6064 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6065 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6067 It's not a good idea to use a
6071 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6072 You're better off using
6084 paragraphs into them.
6087 \begin_layout Description
6088 Nesting: You can nest
6092 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6098 them from the first line.
6101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6107 \begin_inset Index idx
6110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6136 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6141 environment is named
6153 \begin_layout Standard
6162 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6163 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6166 \begin_layout Labeling
6167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6169 \begin_inset space ~
6172 labels LyX uses the first
6173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6180 of each line as the item label.
6185 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6186 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6187 blank as described above.
6190 \begin_layout Labeling
6191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6192 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6193 the body of the item text.
6194 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6195 label width plus a little extra space.
6199 \begin_layout Labeling
6200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6202 \begin_inset space ~
6205 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6207 If the label width is larger, the label
6208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6215 into the first line.
6216 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6217 margin of the rest of the item text.
6220 \begin_layout Labeling
6221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6223 \begin_inset space ~
6226 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6231 environment have the same left margin.
6232 \begin_inset Newline newline
6235 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6240 \begin_inset space ~
6249 \begin_inset space ~
6254 determines the default label width.
6255 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6264 multiple times instead.
6265 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6274 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6277 \begin_inset space ~
6282 every time you alter a label in a
6287 \begin_inset Newline newline
6290 The predefined default width is the length of
6291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6300 \begin_inset Newline newline
6304 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6312 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6313 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6326 environment the same way like the
6330 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6336 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6345 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6347 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6349 \begin_inset space ~
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6355 reference "sec:Nesting"
6359 to learn about nesting.
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6363 There is yet another feature of the
6367 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6369 You can use additional
6373 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6378 are documented in section
6379 \begin_inset space ~
6383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6385 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6390 Here are some examples:
6391 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6397 \begin_layout Labeling
6398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6399 Left The default for
6406 \begin_layout Labeling
6407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6408 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6415 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6418 \begin_layout Labeling
6419 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6424 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6431 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6434 \begin_layout Subsection
6436 \begin_inset Index idx
6439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6456 \begin_inset space ~
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6465 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6473 \begin_inset space ~
6479 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6480 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6481 In contrast, you can use the
6488 \begin_inset space ~
6493 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6494 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6498 \begin_layout Standard
6499 Of course, you're not limited to using
6506 \begin_inset space ~
6515 \begin_inset space ~
6520 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6521 some European academic papers.
6524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6528 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6535 \begin_layout Standard
6540 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6541 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6545 \begin_inset space ~
6550 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6551 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6552 Here's an example of each:
6555 \begin_layout Right Address
6557 \begin_inset Newline newline
6561 \begin_inset Newline newline
6565 \begin_inset Newline newline
6568 When is it? What is today?
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6575 \begin_inset space ~
6581 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6582 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6583 Here's an example of the
6590 \begin_layout Address
6592 \begin_inset Newline newline
6595 Where do I send this
6596 \begin_inset Newline newline
6599 Your post office and country
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6603 As you can see, both
6610 \begin_inset space ~
6615 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6620 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6626 This makes sense, since
6634 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6635 Thus, you have to use
6642 arg "newline-insert newline"
6648 \begin_inset space ~
6651 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6653 \begin_inset space ~
6662 menu) to start a new line in an
6669 \begin_inset space ~
6677 \begin_layout Subsection
6681 \begin_layout Standard
6682 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6683 or list of references.
6684 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6691 \begin_inset Index idx
6694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6708 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6709 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6710 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6711 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6715 in anything else or vice versa.
6721 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6722 The book document classes ignores the
6726 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6730 in a letter document class.
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6738 environment does several things for you.
6739 First, it puts the centered label
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6748 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6750 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6751 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6752 the subsequent text.
6753 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6754 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6762 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6763 The new paragraph will still be in the
6768 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6769 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6772 \begin_layout Standard
6773 \begin_inset Float figure
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6780 \begin_inset Graphics
6781 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6789 \begin_inset Caption
6791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6794 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6816 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6820 environment, but since this document is in the
6821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6828 class, we can't do this.
6829 We inserted it therefore as figure
6830 \begin_inset space ~
6834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6836 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6841 If you've never heard of an
6842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6849 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6858 \begin_inset Index idx
6861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6870 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6882 environment is used to list references.
6883 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6884 only use it at the end of the document.
6889 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6892 \begin_layout Standard
6893 When you first open a
6897 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6913 depending on the document class.
6914 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6915 Each paragraph of the
6919 environment is a bibliography entry.
6924 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6925 Each new paragraph is still in the
6932 \begin_layout Standard
6933 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6934 by using a BibTeX database.
6935 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6936 phy handling, have a look at in section
6937 \begin_inset space ~
6941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6943 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6950 \begin_layout Subsection
6954 \begin_inset Index idx
6957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6958 Paragraph ! LyX code
6964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6978 environment is another LyX extension.
6979 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6984 key as a fixed whitespace;
6988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7000 \begin_inset space ~
7005 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7010 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7011 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7014 arg "newline-insert newline"
7031 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7032 So, when you finish using the
7036 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7037 Also, you can nest the
7041 environment inside of others.
7044 \begin_layout Standard
7045 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7048 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 arg "newline-insert newline"
7055 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7060 \begin_inset space \space{}
7070 arg "newline-insert newline"
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7080 arg "newline-insert newline"
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7103 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 arg "space-insert protected"
7114 \begin_layout Itemize
7115 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7116 You must put at least one
7120 in any line you want blank.
7121 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7129 since that will insert
7134 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7137 arg "self-insert \""
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7147 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7151 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7155 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7159 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7163 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7164 printf("Hello World!
7169 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7173 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7177 \begin_layout Standard
7178 This is just the standard
7179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7195 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7196 rc-files, and so on.
7197 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7198 as if you used a typewriter.
7199 \begin_inset Index idx
7202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7203 Paragraph environments|)
7211 \begin_layout Section
7212 Nesting Environments
7213 \begin_inset Index idx
7216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7217 Nesting ! Environments
7223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7232 \begin_layout Subsection
7236 \begin_layout Standard
7237 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7239 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7241 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7243 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7255 \begin_layout Enumerate
7259 \begin_layout Enumerate
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7268 \begin_layout Enumerate
7273 \begin_layout Enumerate
7277 \begin_layout Standard
7278 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7279 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7282 \begin_inset space ~
7286 \begin_inset space ~
7294 \begin_inset space ~
7298 \begin_inset space ~
7307 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7308 will tell you how far you are nested).
7309 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7312 arg "depth-increment"
7318 arg "depth-decrement"
7321 or the convenient key bindings
7332 arg "depth-increment"
7338 arg "depth-decrement"
7341 to change the nesting level.
7342 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7343 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7347 \begin_layout Standard
7348 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7349 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7350 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7351 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7354 \begin_layout Standard
7355 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7356 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7358 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7361 \begin_layout Subsection
7362 What You Can and Can't Nest
7365 \begin_layout Standard
7366 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7367 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7372 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7373 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7376 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 Completely unnestable
7380 \begin_layout Itemize
7381 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7385 \begin_layout Itemize
7386 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7392 environments have them:
7395 \begin_layout Description
7396 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7397 Can't nest into them.
7401 \begin_layout Itemize
7407 \begin_layout Itemize
7413 \begin_layout Itemize
7419 \begin_layout Itemize
7425 \begin_layout Itemize
7432 \begin_layout Description
7434 \begin_inset space ~
7437 Nestable You can nest them.
7438 You can nest other things into them.
7442 \begin_layout Itemize
7448 \begin_layout Itemize
7454 \begin_layout Itemize
7460 \begin_layout Itemize
7466 \begin_layout Itemize
7472 \begin_layout Itemize
7478 \begin_layout Itemize
7484 \begin_layout Itemize
7491 \begin_layout Description
7492 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7493 You can't nest anything into them.
7497 \begin_layout Itemize
7503 \begin_layout Itemize
7509 \begin_layout Itemize
7515 \begin_layout Itemize
7521 \begin_layout Itemize
7527 \begin_layout Itemize
7533 \begin_layout Itemize
7539 \begin_layout Itemize
7545 \begin_layout Itemize
7551 \begin_layout Itemize
7557 \begin_layout Itemize
7563 \begin_layout Itemize
7569 \begin_layout Itemize
7575 \begin_layout Itemize
7579 \begin_inset space ~
7585 \begin_layout Itemize
7592 \begin_layout Standard
7593 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7601 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7610 \begin_inset space ~
7614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7618 \begin_inset space \space{}
7621 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7622 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7623 section headings violate this.
7631 \begin_layout Subsection
7632 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7633 \begin_inset Index idx
7636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7645 \begin_layout Standard
7646 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7647 affected by nesting anyhow.
7651 \begin_layout Itemize
7655 \begin_layout Itemize
7659 \begin_layout Itemize
7663 \begin_layout Standard
7665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7673 Figures and tables in
7677 are not affected by this.
7682 Have a look at section
7683 \begin_inset space ~
7687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7689 reference "sec:Floats"
7693 for more information about
7700 \begin_layout Standard
7701 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7702 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7706 \begin_layout Standard
7707 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7715 of its own, it behaves just like a
7716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7723 paragraph environment.
7724 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7728 \begin_layout Standard
7729 Here's an example with a table:
7732 \begin_layout Enumerate
7737 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 This is (a) and it's nested.
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7751 \begin_inset Tabular
7752 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7753 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7840 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7847 \begin_layout Enumerate
7849 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7853 \begin_layout Enumerate
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7858 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7861 \begin_layout Enumerate
7866 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 This is (a) and it's nested.
7871 \begin_layout Standard
7872 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7878 \begin_layout Standard
7880 \begin_inset Tabular
7881 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7882 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7968 \begin_layout Standard
7969 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7982 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7985 \begin_layout Enumerate
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7994 \begin_layout Standard
7995 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7997 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8000 \begin_layout Enumerate
8005 \begin_layout Enumerate
8006 This is (a) and it's nested.
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8016 \begin_layout Standard
8018 \begin_inset Tabular
8019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8020 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8107 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8113 \begin_layout Enumerate
8115 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8123 \begin_layout Enumerate
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8134 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8135 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8139 \begin_layout Subsection
8140 Usage and General Features
8143 \begin_layout Standard
8144 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8153 is the innermost possible depth.
8154 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8157 \begin_layout Enumerate
8158 level #1 – outermost
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8167 \begin_layout Enumerate
8172 \begin_layout Enumerate
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 \begin_layout Standard
8192 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8193 both of them in the example.
8194 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8204 For example, if we tried to nest another
8209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8216 , we would get errors.
8219 \begin_layout Subsection
8221 \begin_inset Index idx
8224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8233 \begin_layout Standard
8234 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8235 We have several examples of nested environments.
8236 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8241 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8244 \begin_layout Labeling
8245 \labelwidthstring MMM
8246 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8255 \begin_layout Labeling
8256 \labelwidthstring MMM
8257 #2-a This is level #2.
8258 We created it by using
8261 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8267 arg "depth-increment"
8274 \begin_layout Labeling
8275 \labelwidthstring MMM
8276 #3-a This is level #3.
8277 This time, we just hit
8284 arg "depth-increment"
8288 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8292 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8298 arg "depth-increment"
8305 \begin_layout Standard
8310 environment, nested inside of
8311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8319 So, it's at level #4.
8320 We did this by hitting
8323 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8329 arg "depth-increment"
8332 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8337 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8353 \begin_layout Standard
8358 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8367 \begin_layout Labeling
8368 \labelwidthstring MMM
8369 #4-a This is level #4.
8373 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8376 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8381 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8385 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8390 keep nesting things inside
8391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8402 \begin_layout Labeling
8403 \labelwidthstring MMM
8404 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8409 \begin_layout Labeling
8410 \labelwidthstring MMM
8411 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8412 and this is level #6.
8413 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8417 \begin_layout Labeling
8418 \labelwidthstring MMM
8419 #5-b Back to level #5.
8423 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8429 arg "depth-decrement"
8436 \begin_layout Labeling
8437 \labelwidthstring MMM
8441 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8447 arg "depth-decrement"
8450 , we're back at level #4.
8454 \begin_layout Labeling
8455 \labelwidthstring MMM
8456 #3-b Back to level #3.
8457 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8461 \begin_layout Labeling
8462 \labelwidthstring MMM
8463 #2-b Back to level #2.
8468 \begin_layout Labeling
8469 \labelwidthstring MMM
8470 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8471 After this sentence, we'll hit
8475 and change the paragraph environment back to
8482 \begin_layout Standard
8483 We could have also used the
8499 environment in place of the
8504 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8508 Example 2: Inheritance
8511 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8512 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8515 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8524 arg "depth-increment"
8527 , after which, we'll change to the
8535 \begin_layout Enumerate
8540 environment, at level #2.
8543 \begin_layout Enumerate
8544 Notice how the nested
8548 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8552 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8556 \begin_layout Standard
8557 We ended this example by hitting
8562 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8566 and reset the nesting depth by using
8569 arg "depth-decrement"
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8576 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8585 \begin_inset Argument
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8589 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8598 This is level #1, in an
8602 paragraph environment.
8603 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8607 \begin_layout Enumerate
8612 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8618 arg "depth-increment"
8622 Now, what happens if we nest an
8626 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8627 label be? An asterisk?
8631 \begin_layout Itemize
8641 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8642 So, its label is a bullet.
8643 (We got here by using
8646 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8652 arg "depth-increment"
8655 , then changing the environment to
8663 \begin_layout Itemize
8664 Here's level #4, produced using
8667 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8673 arg "depth-increment"
8677 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8682 \begin_layout Enumerate
8683 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8685 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8690 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8694 , because we are in the
8703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8727 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8728 type of numbering does LyX use?
8731 \begin_layout Enumerate
8732 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8735 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8738 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8741 \begin_layout Enumerate
8745 arg "depth-decrement"
8748 to decrease the depth after the next
8751 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8760 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8767 numeral as the label.Why?
8770 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8780 Notice, however, that LyX
8784 reset the counter for the label.
8788 \begin_layout Enumerate
8792 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8798 arg "depth-decrement"
8801 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8802 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8803 into the twofold-nested
8811 \begin_layout Enumerate
8812 The same thing happens if we do another
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8821 arg "depth-decrement"
8824 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8828 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8833 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8847 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8853 The same rule applies for the
8857 environment, as well.
8860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8861 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8864 \begin_layout Enumerate
8865 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8866 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8867 same detail with how we did it.
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8884 arg "depth-increment"
8891 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8892 example in parentheses someplace.
8893 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8894 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8895 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8899 \begin_layout Enumerate
8904 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8909 Now we'll add verse.
8910 \begin_inset Newline newline
8913 It will get much worse.
8914 \begin_inset Newline newline
8924 arg "depth-increment"
8935 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8936 \begin_inset Newline newline
8939 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8940 \begin_inset Newline newline
8946 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8968 \begin_inset Tabular
8969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8970 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8971 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8972 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9061 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9071 arg "depth-increment"
9077 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9087 arg "depth-decrement"
9094 \begin_layout Enumerate
9099 : level #1) This is another item.
9100 Note that selecting a
9104 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9105 3 times to put the table inside the
9113 \begin_layout Quotation
9114 We're now ending the
9118 list and changing to
9123 We're still at level #1.
9124 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9125 The next set of paragraphs is a
9126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9140 \begin_inset space ~
9145 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9149 for the letter body.
9153 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9156 to preserve the depth.
9157 Remember that you need to use
9160 arg "newline-insert newline"
9163 to create multiple lines inside the
9170 \begin_inset space ~
9180 \begin_layout Right Address
9182 \begin_inset Newline newline
9185 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9186 \begin_inset Newline newline
9192 \begin_layout Address
9194 \begin_inset space ~
9200 \begin_layout Quotation
9201 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9206 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9207 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9208 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9209 as soon as possible.
9210 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9213 \begin_layout Quotation
9214 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9215 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9216 with your order, along with payment.
9219 \begin_layout Quotation
9220 We thank you again for your patience.
9223 \begin_layout Address
9225 \begin_inset Newline newline
9232 \begin_layout Quotation
9233 That ends that example!
9236 \begin_layout Standard
9237 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9238 just a few keystrokes.
9239 We could have easily nested an
9260 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9263 \begin_layout Section
9264 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9265 \begin_inset Index idx
9268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9277 \begin_layout Standard
9278 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9279 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9280 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9281 be broken at the end of a line.
9282 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9286 \begin_layout Subsection
9288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9290 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9295 \begin_inset Index idx
9298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9308 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9310 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9314 Further documentation is given in section
9315 \begin_inset Newline newline
9319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9321 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9329 \begin_layout Standard
9330 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9345 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9354 A protected space is set with
9356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9361 \begin_inset space ~
9371 arg "space-insert protected"
9377 \begin_layout Subsection
9379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9381 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9386 \begin_inset Index idx
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 Spacing ! Horizontal
9398 \begin_layout Standard
9399 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9402 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9406 The length units are listed in Appendix
9407 \begin_inset space ~
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9424 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9429 \begin_inset Index idx
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 \begin_layout Standard
9443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 \begin_inset space \space{}
9450 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9451 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9452 \begin_inset space ~
9456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9458 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9463 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9464 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9467 arg "space-insert normal"
9473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9477 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9482 \begin_inset Index idx
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_layout Standard
9496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9503 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9512 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9513 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9514 inside abbreviations:
9519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9523 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9526 \begin_layout Standard
9527 or between values and units.
9528 Compare for example this:
9529 \begin_inset Newline newline
9533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9537 \begin_inset Newline newline
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9544 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9547 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9549 \begin_inset space ~
9557 arg "space-insert thin"
9563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9567 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9574 \begin_layout Standard
9575 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9578 \begin_layout Description
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9584 \begin_inset space ~
9588 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9592 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9596 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9599 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9602 \begin_layout Description
9604 \begin_inset space ~
9608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9612 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9616 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9620 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9627 em) space between the arrows.
9630 \begin_layout Description
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9640 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9644 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9648 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9652 \begin_inset space ~
9656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9659 em) space between the arrows.
9662 \begin_layout Description
9664 \begin_inset space ~
9668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9672 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9676 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9680 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9691 em) space between the arrows.
9694 \begin_layout Description
9696 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9704 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9709 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9713 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9716 cm space between the arrows.
9719 \begin_layout Standard
9721 \begin_inset space ~
9725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9727 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9731 lists the different space sizes.
9734 \begin_layout Standard
9735 \begin_inset Float table
9740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset Caption
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9745 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9747 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9751 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9761 \begin_inset Tabular
9762 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9763 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9988 \begin_inset Index idx
9991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10000 \begin_layout Standard
10001 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10002 in a uniform fashion.
10003 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10004 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10005 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10006 equally between themselves.
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10011 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10014 \begin_layout Quote
10016 This is on the left side
10017 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10020 This is on the right
10023 \begin_layout Quote
10026 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10030 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10036 \begin_layout Quote
10039 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 That was an example in the
10060 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10064 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10068 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10071 is one in a standard paragraph.
10072 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10076 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10079 \begin_layout Standard
10080 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10083 \begin_inset space ~
10088 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10091 \begin_layout Standard
10093 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10097 \begin_inset space ~
10103 \begin_layout Standard
10105 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10109 \begin_inset space ~
10115 \begin_layout Standard
10117 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10121 \begin_inset space ~
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10129 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10133 \begin_inset space ~
10139 \begin_layout Standard
10141 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10145 \begin_inset space ~
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10153 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10157 \begin_inset space ~
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10172 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10176 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10177 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10178 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10182 option in the space dialog.
10190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10192 \begin_inset Index idx
10195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10204 \begin_layout Standard
10205 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 \begin_inset space \space{}
10214 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10217 \begin_layout Standard
10218 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10221 What is correct English?:
10222 \begin_inset Newline newline
10226 \begin_inset Newline newline
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10233 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10234 \begin_inset Newline newline
10238 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10249 \begin_inset Newline newline
10253 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10264 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10270 \begin_layout Standard
10271 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10288 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10291 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10295 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10301 \begin_inset space ~
10305 \begin_inset space ~
10309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10312 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10321 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10322 That is why it is named
10323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10331 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10332 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10336 \begin_layout Subsection
10338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10340 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10345 \begin_inset Index idx
10348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10369 There you find the following sizes:
10372 \begin_layout Standard
10385 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10390 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10396 \begin_inset Index idx
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10400 Document ! Settings
10405 for the paragraph separation.
10406 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10423 \begin_inset Index idx
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10433 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10435 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10436 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10445 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 s are described in section
10455 \begin_inset space ~
10459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10461 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10470 If there are several
10474 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10475 You can therefore use
10479 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10487 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10488 \begin_inset space ~
10492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10494 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10501 \begin_layout Standard
10502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10513 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10525 \begin_layout Subsection
10526 Paragraph Alignment
10529 \begin_layout Standard
10530 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10536 There are five possibilities:
10539 \begin_layout Itemize
10547 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10553 \begin_layout Itemize
10561 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10567 \begin_layout Itemize
10575 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10581 \begin_layout Itemize
10589 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10595 \begin_layout Itemize
10603 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10609 \begin_layout Standard
10610 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10611 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10612 the left and right margins.
10613 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10618 This paragraph is right aligned,
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10623 this one is centered,
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10628 this one is left aligned.
10631 \begin_layout Subsection
10633 \begin_inset Index idx
10636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10637 Page breaks ! Forced
10643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10645 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10654 can force a page break where you want one.
10655 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10656 Only if you use a lot of
10660 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10664 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10665 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10669 have to change the page breaking.
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10673 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10675 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10678 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10680 \begin_inset space ~
10686 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10689 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10691 \begin_inset space ~
10696 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10698 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10699 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10703 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10704 at the top of a page.
10705 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10706 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10707 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10708 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10712 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10716 to learn more about
10723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10727 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10732 \begin_inset Index idx
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 Page breaks ! Clear
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10746 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10747 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10748 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10749 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10753 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10756 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10758 \begin_inset space ~
10764 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10767 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10769 \begin_inset space ~
10773 \begin_inset space ~
10778 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10779 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10782 \begin_layout Subsection
10784 \begin_inset Index idx
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10796 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10806 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10809 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10811 \begin_inset space ~
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10823 arg "newline-insert newline"
10827 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10830 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10832 \begin_inset space ~
10836 \begin_inset space ~
10841 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10843 This is necessary to avoid
10844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10851 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10856 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10857 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10858 set a line break, e.
10859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10863 \begin_inset space \space{}
10866 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10873 reference "sec:Quote"
10878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10880 reference "sec:Verse"
10885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10887 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10894 \begin_layout Subsection
10896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10898 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10903 \begin_inset Index idx
10906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10915 \begin_layout Standard
10917 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10928 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10939 you can insert horizontal lines.
10940 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10941 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10944 \begin_layout Standard
10946 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10957 \begin_layout Standard
10961 \begin_layout Section
10962 Characters and Symbols
10965 \begin_layout Standard
10966 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10967 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10972 \begin_inset space \space{}
10975 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10983 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10987 for information on how this is done.
10990 \begin_layout Standard
10991 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10996 dialog via the menu
10998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10999 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11005 \begin_layout Standard
11006 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11014 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11015 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11016 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11024 \begin_layout Section
11025 Fonts and Text Styles
11026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11028 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11035 \begin_layout Subsection
11037 \begin_inset Index idx
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11049 \begin_layout Standard
11050 There are two types of fonts:
11053 \begin_layout Description
11055 \begin_inset space ~
11059 \begin_inset Index idx
11062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11068 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11073 characters) in the font.
11074 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11075 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11076 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11077 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11078 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11079 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11080 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11081 \begin_inset Newline newline
11084 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11085 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11086 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11087 sizes than at small ones.
11088 \begin_inset Newline newline
11102 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_layout Description
11112 \begin_inset space ~
11116 \begin_inset Index idx
11119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11125 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11126 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11127 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11128 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11129 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11130 picture manipulation program.
11131 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11132 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11133 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11134 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11135 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11137 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11138 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11139 \begin_inset Newline newline
11142 Bitmap fonts are named
11145 \begin_inset space ~
11150 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11153 \begin_layout Standard
11154 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11155 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11156 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11157 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11158 use scalable fonts.
11161 \begin_layout Standard
11162 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11163 its document properties.
11166 \begin_layout Standard
11167 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11168 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11169 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11170 font to emphasize text, you use an
11171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11179 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11180 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11184 \begin_layout Subsection
11186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11188 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11197 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11198 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11200 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11201 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11202 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11203 to usual word processors.
11204 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11205 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11206 across different machines.
11207 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11208 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11210 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11212 \begin_inset space ~
11216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11218 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11223 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11224 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11229 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11230 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11231 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11232 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11233 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11234 that is installed on your system.
11235 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11247 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11248 es; so you might have to experiment.
11256 \begin_layout Standard
11257 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11265 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11266 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11274 \begin_layout Subsection
11275 Document Font and Font size
11276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11278 name "sub:Document-Font"
11283 \begin_inset Index idx
11286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11293 \begin_inset Index idx
11296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11306 You can set the document fonts in the
11308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11312 \begin_inset Index idx
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11316 Document ! Settings
11326 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11327 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11330 \begin_inset space ~
11339 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11340 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11360 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11361 This requires that you use
11367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11406 as output format, i.
11407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11411 \begin_inset space ~
11414 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11421 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11426 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11428 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11430 \begin_inset space ~
11433 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11434 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11435 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11437 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11441 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11446 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11451 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11452 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11474 European Computer Modern
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11484 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11496 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11497 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11502 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11505 \begin_inset space ~
11510 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11516 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11517 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11520 \begin_layout Itemize
11529 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11543 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11547 as the default font.
11548 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11549 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11562 One difference is improved kerning for the
11574 \begin_layout Itemize
11583 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11587 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11602 Virtual means that it
11603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11614 -glyphs from other fonts.
11615 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11637 Loading the LaTeX-package
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11646 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11651 with the document preamble line
11652 \begin_inset Newline newline
11659 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11660 \begin_inset Newline newline
11665 will fix the guillemet problem.
11670 and that accented characters are not
11674 glyph, but build of
11678 characters, the accent and the letter.
11679 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11685 If you search for example for the French word
11686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11693 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11702 and not for the glyph
11703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11707 \begin_inset space ~
11711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11717 \begin_layout Itemize
11718 If you do not like the look of
11726 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11731 \begin_inset space ~
11745 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11746 \begin_inset space ~
11749 serif and typewriter fonts
11753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11754 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11766 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11779 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11793 , but you can also select your own.
11794 \begin_inset Newline newline
11797 The differences between roman,
11800 \begin_inset space ~
11809 fonts are explained in section
11810 \begin_inset space ~
11814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11816 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11821 \begin_inset Newline newline
11828 was originally designed for newspapers.
11829 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11830 into the small newspaper columns.
11835 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11836 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11839 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11852 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11857 depends on the class you are using.
11858 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11861 \begin_layout Standard
11862 Note that the font size is the
11867 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11868 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11869 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11872 \begin_inset space ~
11878 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11879 \begin_inset space ~
11883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11885 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11892 \begin_layout Standard
11897 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11899 \begin_inset space ~
11902 serif or typewriter.
11907 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11917 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11938 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11944 \begin_inset space ~
11948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11950 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11955 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11956 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11963 \begin_layout Standard
11964 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11966 Use Old Style Figures
11970 Use True Small Caps
11973 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11976 Use Old Style Figures
11978 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11984 \begin_inset space ~
11987 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11990 Use True Small Caps
11992 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11993 of scaled capitals.
11994 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11995 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12003 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12004 a font to display the script characters.
12008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12009 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12014 So this has no effect for the document language
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12035 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12043 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12047 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12048 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12049 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12051 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12054 dialog, see section
12055 \begin_inset space ~
12059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12061 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12073 \begin_layout Subsection
12074 Using Different Character Styles
12075 \begin_inset Index idx
12078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12085 \begin_inset Index idx
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12097 \begin_layout Standard
12098 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12099 certain paragraph environments.
12100 LyX supports two character styles,
12109 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12113 \begin_layout Standard
12118 style, do one of the following:
12121 \begin_layout Itemize
12122 click on the toolbar button
12131 \begin_layout Itemize
12132 use the key binding
12141 \begin_layout Standard
12142 These commands are all toggles.
12147 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 One typically uses the
12155 style for proper names.
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12164 is the original author of LyX.
12165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12171 \begin_layout Standard
12172 A more widely used character style is the
12177 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12184 \begin_layout Itemize
12185 clicking on the toolbar button
12194 \begin_layout Itemize
12195 using the keybindings
12204 \begin_layout Standard
12209 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12210 es use a different font.
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 We've been using the
12218 style all over the place in this document.
12219 Here's one more example:
12222 \begin_layout Quotation
12225 Don't overuse character styles!
12228 \begin_layout Standard
12229 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12230 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12231 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12232 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12236 \begin_layout Standard
12237 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12245 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12247 \begin_inset space ~
12255 \begin_layout Subsection
12256 Fine-Tuning with the
12261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12263 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12268 \begin_inset Index idx
12271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12280 \begin_layout Standard
12281 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12282 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12283 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12284 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12285 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12286 from ordinary dialog.
12289 \begin_layout Standard
12290 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12291 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12292 \begin_inset Newline newline
12295 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12296 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 To use custom character styles, open the
12302 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12304 \begin_inset space ~
12308 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821857
12309 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12310 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12314 \change_deleted 5863208 1302821862
12318 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12319 font property which you can choose.
12320 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12328 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12333 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12334 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12335 environments in a snap.
12338 \begin_layout Standard
12339 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12342 \begin_inset space ~
12354 \begin_layout Labeling
12355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12369 The possible options are:
12373 \begin_layout Labeling
12374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12379 This is the Roman font family.
12380 Normally a serif font.
12381 It's also the default family.
12391 \begin_layout Labeling
12392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12396 \begin_inset space ~
12403 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12415 \begin_layout Labeling
12416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12423 This is the Typewriter font family.
12429 arg "font-typewriter"
12438 \begin_layout Labeling
12439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12444 This corresponds to the print weight.
12449 \begin_layout Labeling
12450 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12455 This is the Medium font series.
12456 It's also the default series.
12459 \begin_layout Labeling
12460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12467 This is the Bold font series.
12480 \begin_layout Labeling
12481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12486 As the name implies.
12491 \begin_layout Labeling
12492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12497 This is the Upright font shape.
12498 It's also the default shape.
12501 \begin_layout Labeling
12502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12516 s the Italic font shape
12522 \begin_layout Labeling
12523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12530 This is the Slanted font shape
12532 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12535 \begin_layout Labeling
12536 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12540 \begin_inset space ~
12547 This is the Small caps font shape
12554 \begin_layout Labeling
12555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12560 Alters the size of the font.
12561 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12562 nal to the document font size.
12563 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12564 what you want to do.
12569 \begin_layout Labeling
12570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12591 arg "font-size tiny"
12597 \begin_layout Labeling
12598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12619 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12625 \begin_layout Labeling
12626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12647 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12653 \begin_layout Labeling
12654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12675 arg "font-size small"
12681 \begin_layout Labeling
12682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12696 It's also the default size.
12700 arg "font-size normal"
12706 \begin_layout Labeling
12707 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 arg "font-size large"
12734 \begin_layout Labeling
12735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12756 arg "font-size larger"
12762 \begin_layout Labeling
12763 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12784 arg "font-size largest"
12790 \begin_layout Labeling
12791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12812 arg "font-size huge"
12818 \begin_layout Labeling
12819 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12840 arg "font-size giant"
12844 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821897
12848 \begin_layout Labeling
12849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12851 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12856 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12876 arg "font-size increase"
12882 \begin_layout Labeling
12883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12885 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12890 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 arg "font-size decrease"
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12924 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12925 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12926 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12927 — use that instead.
12928 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12931 \begin_layout Labeling
12932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12937 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12942 \begin_layout Labeling
12943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12950 This is text with emphasize on
12953 This might seem like the same as
12957 , but it is actually a bit different.
12963 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12965 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12968 \begin_layout Labeling
12969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12976 This is text with Underbar on.
12982 arg "font-underline"
12988 \begin_inset Newline newline
12993 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12994 when you couldn't change fonts.
12995 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12996 It's only included in LyX because some people
13000 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13001 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821962
13005 \begin_layout Labeling
13006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13008 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13012 \begin_inset space ~
13019 This is text with Double underbar on.
13025 arg "font-underunderline"
13029 \begin_inset Newline newline
13032 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13033 about double underbar.
13036 \begin_layout Labeling
13037 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13039 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13043 \begin_inset space ~
13050 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13056 arg "font-underwave"
13060 \begin_inset Newline newline
13063 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13064 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13067 \begin_layout Labeling
13068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13070 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13077 This is text with Strikeout on.
13083 arg "font-strikeout"
13086 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13092 \begin_layout Labeling
13093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13100 This is text with Noun on.
13107 , this is a logical attribute.
13108 Normally it's equivalent to
13111 \begin_inset space ~
13120 \begin_layout Labeling
13121 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13126 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13127 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13131 \begin_inset space ~
13136 , which is the default
13137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13144 and means normally black, you can choose between
13177 \begin_inset Index idx
13180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13189 \begin_layout Labeling
13190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13195 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13196 the language of the document.
13197 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13201 \begin_layout Standard
13202 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13203 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13205 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13207 \begin_inset space ~
13212 dialog, the settings are saved.
13213 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13216 arg "textstyle-apply"
13220 The button lets you
13221 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822001
13223 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822005
13225 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822014
13228 your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
13232 \begin_layout Standard
13233 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13240 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13241 (suppose you just set the shape to
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13260 \begin_inset space ~
13272 \begin_layout Standard
13273 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13281 \begin_inset space ~
13293 \begin_layout Itemize
13299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13306 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13324 \begin_inset Newline newline
13328 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13342 \begin_inset Note Note
13345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13346 For more on phantoms see section
13347 \begin_inset space ~
13351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13353 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13363 \begin_inset Newline newline
13369 \begin_layout Itemize
13374 fonts use characters with serifs.
13375 These are the small
13376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13383 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13384 The following example will show the difference:
13385 \begin_inset Newline newline
13389 \begin_inset Newline newline
13394 text without serifs
13397 \begin_inset Newline newline
13400 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13401 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13408 \begin_layout Itemize
13414 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13415 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13416 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822046
13420 \begin_layout Standard
13422 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822061
13423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13431 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13432 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13434 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13435 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13436 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13454 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13515 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13521 \begin_layout Standard
13522 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13523 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13526 \begin_layout Section
13527 Printing and Previewing
13530 \begin_layout Subsection
13534 \begin_layout Standard
13535 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13536 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13537 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13538 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13539 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13541 Additional Features
13546 \begin_layout Standard
13547 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13548 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13549 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13550 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13551 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13552 This happens in two stages:
13555 \begin_layout Enumerate
13556 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13557 generating a file with the extension,
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13572 \begin_layout Enumerate
13573 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13577 file to produce printable output.
13581 \begin_layout Subsection
13582 Output file formats
13583 \begin_inset Index idx
13586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13595 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13603 Simple text (ASCII)
13604 \begin_inset Index idx
13607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13608 File formats ! ASCII
13616 \begin_layout Standard
13617 This file type has the extension
13618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13630 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13634 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13641 \begin_layout Standard
13642 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13644 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13645 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13647 \begin_inset space ~
13654 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13655 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13657 \begin_inset space ~
13661 \begin_inset space ~
13667 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13673 \begin_inset Index idx
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13677 File formats ! LaTeX
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 This file type has the extension
13687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13698 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13700 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13701 it manually with console commands.
13702 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13703 you view or export your document.
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13709 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13710 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13727 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13729 \begin_inset Index idx
13732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 This file type has the extension
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13763 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13764 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13765 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13771 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13772 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13773 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13775 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13781 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13782 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13787 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13788 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13790 \begin_inset space ~
13797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 The latter option uses the program
13816 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13817 font access (see section
13818 \begin_inset space ~
13822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13824 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13829 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13835 \begin_inset Index idx
13838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13839 File formats ! PostScript
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 This file type has the extension
13849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13861 PostScript was developed by the company
13865 as a printer language.
13866 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13868 PostScript can be seen as a
13869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13872 programming language
13873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13876 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13881 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13887 \begin_inset Index idx
13890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13891 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13901 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 Encapsulated PostScript
13910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 (EPS, file extension
13914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13927 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13932 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13936 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13937 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13938 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13939 EPS to avoid this problem.
13942 \begin_layout Standard
13943 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13946 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13954 \begin_inset Index idx
13957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13964 \begin_inset Index idx
13967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13976 \begin_layout Standard
13977 This file type has the extension
13978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13994 Portable Document Format
13995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14002 was derived from PostScript.
14003 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14012 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14013 looks exactly the same.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 (JPG, file extension
14026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14053 Portable Network Graphics
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14057 (PNG, file extension
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14071 in the background to one of these formats.
14072 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14073 will slow down your workflow.
14074 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14077 \begin_layout Standard
14078 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14083 in three different ways:
14086 \begin_layout Description
14087 PDF This uses the program
14091 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14092 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14096 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14097 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14100 \begin_layout Description
14102 \begin_inset space ~
14105 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14109 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14113 \begin_layout Description
14115 \begin_inset space ~
14118 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14122 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14125 \begin_layout Description
14127 \begin_inset space ~
14134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14141 X) This uses the program
14145 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14150 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14151 font access (see section
14152 \begin_inset space ~
14156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14158 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14163 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14166 \begin_layout Description
14168 \begin_inset space ~
14175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14182 X) This uses the program
14186 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14191 is an even newer engine, derived from
14195 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14196 access (see section
14197 \begin_inset space ~
14201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14203 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14208 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 We recommend to use
14216 \begin_inset space ~
14225 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14226 works without problems.
14227 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14228 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14232 \begin_inset space ~
14239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14251 \begin_inset space ~
14258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14277 \begin_inset Index idx
14280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14281 FileFormats ! XHTML
14287 \begin_inset Index idx
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 This file type has the extension
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14314 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14315 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14316 suitable for the purpose.
14317 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14318 it, but not all do.
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 XHTML output remains
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14330 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14335 LyX and the World Wide Web
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14341 Additional Features
14343 manual, for more information.
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14347 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14356 \begin_layout Subsection
14358 \begin_inset Index idx
14361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14372 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14378 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
14380 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
14385 or the toolbar button
14394 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
14395 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
14396 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
14398 \begin_inset space ~
14402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14404 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14408 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14410 \begin_inset space ~
14414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14416 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14424 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
14426 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
14427 Further output formats can be selected via
14428 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
14433 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14435 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
14437 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
14443 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
14444 you can use the toolbar button
14445 \begin_inset Graphics
14446 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14448 groupId toolbarbuttons
14455 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14460 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14462 \begin_inset space ~
14468 \begin_inset Graphics
14469 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14471 groupId toolbarbuttons
14477 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 \begin_inset Graphics
14482 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14484 groupId toolbarbuttons
14491 arg "buffer-view ps"
14495 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
14496 or the toolbar button
14497 \begin_inset Graphics
14498 filename ../images/view-others.png
14500 groupId toolbarbuttons
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14511 viewer window using the menu
14513 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14515 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
14520 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14521 Update (Other Formats)
14528 \begin_layout Standard
14529 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14531 To have a real output, export your document.
14534 \begin_layout Subsection
14535 Printing the File from within LyX
14536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14538 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14547 it directly from within LyX.
14548 To print a file, select the menu
14550 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14553 or click on the toolbar button
14556 arg "dialog-show print"
14560 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14561 This file is then processed by the program
14565 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14570 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14573 \begin_layout Standard
14574 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14575 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14576 printing one set to print on the other side.
14577 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14578 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14579 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14582 \begin_layout Standard
14583 You can set the parameters in the
14586 \begin_inset space ~
14594 \begin_layout Labeling
14595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14600 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14605 Note that this printer name is for the program
14614 has to be configured for this printer name.
14615 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14616 \begin_inset space ~
14620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14622 reference "sub:Printer"
14631 The printer should understand PostScript.
14634 \begin_layout Labeling
14635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14640 The name of a file to print to.
14641 The output will be a PostScript file.
14642 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14646 \begin_layout Section
14647 A few Words about Typography
14648 \begin_inset Index idx
14651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_layout Subsection
14662 \begin_inset Index idx
14665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14687 character comes in four lengths: the
14699 , and the minus sign:
14700 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 \begin_inset Tabular
14708 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14709 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14710 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14711 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14712 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14713 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14742 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14782 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14809 \begin_inset space ~
14812 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14819 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14846 \begin_inset space ~
14849 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14904 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14910 \begin_layout Standard
14911 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14923 character multiple times in a row.
14924 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14925 the final output, but not in LyX.
14927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14957 \begin_layout Standard
14958 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14959 math mode and has a length of its own.
14960 Here are some examples of the
14961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14975 \begin_layout Enumerate
14976 line- and page-breaks
14977 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14987 \begin_layout Enumerate
14989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14999 \begin_layout Enumerate
15000 Oh — there's a dash.
15001 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15011 \begin_layout Enumerate
15012 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15016 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15026 \begin_layout Subsection
15028 \begin_inset Index idx
15031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15040 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15049 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15054 \begin_inset Index idx
15057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15058 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15063 following the rules of the document language
15067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15076 \begin_inset space ~
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15104 font and with unusual constructs, like
15105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15113 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15114 This is done with the menu
15116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15117 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15119 \begin_inset space ~
15125 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15126 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15130 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15131 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15141 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15149 as a hyphenation possibility.
15150 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15151 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15152 as described in section
15153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15156 Prevent Hyphenation
15157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15167 \begin_layout Subsection
15169 \begin_inset Index idx
15172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15182 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15185 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15193 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15194 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15195 LaTeX then adds the
15196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15199 appropriate amount of space
15200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15204 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15206 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15210 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15211 not work in all cases.
15213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15224 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15225 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15229 Here are some examples of
15233 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15236 \begin_layout Itemize
15241 \begin_layout Itemize
15246 \begin_layout Standard
15247 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15250 \begin_layout Itemize
15252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15256 this is too much space!
15259 \begin_layout Itemize
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15265 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15269 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15272 \begin_layout Enumerate
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15281 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15282 \begin_inset space ~
15286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15288 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15293 \begin_inset Index idx
15296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15297 Spaces ! inter-word
15305 \begin_layout Enumerate
15309 \begin_inset space ~
15314 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15315 \begin_inset space ~
15319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15321 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15326 \begin_inset Index idx
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15338 \begin_layout Enumerate
15342 \begin_inset space ~
15346 \begin_inset space ~
15350 \begin_inset space ~
15357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15359 \begin_inset space ~
15364 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15365 This function is also bound to
15368 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15374 \begin_layout Standard
15375 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15378 \begin_layout Itemize
15380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15384 \begin_inset space \space{}
15387 this is too much space!
15390 \begin_layout Itemize
15391 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15396 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15397 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15398 will take care of this.
15401 \begin_layout Standard
15402 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15406 \begin_inset space ~
15411 feature described in section
15417 Additional Features
15422 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15424 \begin_inset Index idx
15427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15428 Typography ! Quotes
15434 \begin_inset Index idx
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15469 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15470 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15471 and use a closing quote at the end.
15473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15481 The keyboard character,
15485 , generates this automatically.
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15489 You can change the behavior of the
15493 key using the submenu
15499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15503 \begin_inset Index idx
15506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15507 Document ! Settings
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15516 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15521 There are six choices:
15524 \begin_layout Labeling
15525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15537 Use quotes like this
15538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15546 \begin_inset Quotes els
15550 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15556 \begin_layout Labeling
15557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15560 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15564 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15570 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15574 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15578 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15584 \begin_layout Labeling
15585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15588 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15592 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15598 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15602 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15606 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15610 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15616 \begin_layout Labeling
15617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15620 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15624 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15630 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15634 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15638 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15642 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15648 \begin_layout Labeling
15649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15652 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15656 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15662 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15666 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15670 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15674 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15680 \begin_layout Labeling
15681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15684 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15688 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15694 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15698 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15702 \begin_inset Quotes als
15706 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15713 These settings affect what character the
15720 \begin_layout Subsection
15722 \begin_inset Index idx
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 Typography ! Ligatures
15732 \begin_inset Index idx
15735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15766 name "sub:Ligatures"
15773 \begin_layout Standard
15774 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15775 print them as single characters.
15776 These groups are known as
15781 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15783 Here are the standard ligatures:
15786 \begin_layout Itemize
15790 \begin_layout Itemize
15794 \begin_layout Itemize
15798 \begin_layout Itemize
15802 \begin_layout Itemize
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15807 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15810 \begin_layout Standard
15811 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15812 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15836 To break a ligature, use
15838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15841 \begin_inset space ~
15848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15859 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15876 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15884 \begin_layout Subsection
15886 \begin_inset Index idx
15889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15898 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15905 \begin_layout Standard
15906 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15907 characters in different sizes and heights.
15908 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15909 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15929 \begin_inset Note Note
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15941 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15942 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15947 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15951 \begin_layout Description
15952 LyX The name of the game, write
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15974 \begin_layout Description
15975 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15997 \begin_layout Description
15998 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 \begin_layout Description
16021 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16043 \begin_layout Standard
16044 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16049 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16057 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16058 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16059 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16062 : The actual version is
16063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16070 , the previous one was
16071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16081 \begin_layout Standard
16082 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16087 \begin_inset space \space{}
16090 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16092 This will look in LyX like:
16093 \begin_inset Graphics
16094 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16100 \begin_inset Newline newline
16103 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16104 \begin_inset space ~
16108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16110 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16117 \begin_layout Subsection
16119 \begin_inset Index idx
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16132 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16133 space between two words.
16134 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16144 for units use the menu
16146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16147 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16149 \begin_inset space ~
16157 arg "space-insert thin"
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16164 Here's an example to show the differences:
16167 \begin_layout Standard
16168 \begin_inset Tabular
16169 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16170 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16171 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16172 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 \begin_inset space ~
16183 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16195 space between number and unit
16202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16211 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 half space between number and unit
16236 \begin_layout Subsection
16238 \begin_inset Index idx
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16242 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16250 \begin_layout Standard
16251 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16253 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16254 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16255 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16256 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16257 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16258 These bits of text became known as
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16270 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16271 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16272 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16273 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16274 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16275 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16276 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16280 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16281 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16282 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16283 \begin_inset space ~
16287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16289 key "latexcompanion"
16294 \begin_inset space ~
16298 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16304 ] may have more information.
16305 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16308 \begin_layout Chapter
16309 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16312 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16325 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16328 \begin_layout Section
16330 \begin_inset Index idx
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16350 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16353 \begin_layout Description
16355 \begin_inset space ~
16358 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16359 \begin_inset Newline newline
16363 \begin_inset Note Note
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16375 \begin_layout Description
16376 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16377 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16379 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16380 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16381 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16384 \begin_inset Newline newline
16388 \begin_inset Note Comment
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16400 \begin_layout Description
16402 \begin_inset space ~
16405 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16406 \begin_inset Newline newline
16410 \begin_inset Newline newline
16414 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16424 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16425 How this can be done is explained in the
16434 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16440 \begin_inset Newline newline
16444 \begin_inset Newline newline
16447 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16448 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16452 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16464 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16467 \begin_layout Section
16469 \begin_inset Index idx
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16481 name "sec:Footnotes"
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16489 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16495 or the toolbar button
16498 arg "footnote-insert"
16510 \begin_inset Graphics
16511 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16520 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16549 label, the box will
16553 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16554 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16567 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16583 \begin_layout Standard
16584 Here's an example footnote:
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16593 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16603 position where the footnote box is placed.
16604 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16605 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16606 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16607 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16608 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16613 ey are described in the
16620 \begin_layout Section
16622 \begin_inset Index idx
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16634 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16642 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16643 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16647 \begin_inset space ~
16652 or the toolbar button
16655 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16681 appearing within your text.
16682 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16691 \begin_layout Standard
16692 At the side is an example marginal note.
16696 \begin_inset Marginal
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 This is a marginal note.
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16710 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16711 pages, right on odd pages.
16714 \begin_layout Section
16715 Graphics and Images
16716 \begin_inset Index idx
16719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 \begin_inset Index idx
16729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16738 name "sec:Graphics"
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16746 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16747 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16750 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16759 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16762 \begin_layout Standard
16763 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16768 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16769 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16771 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16772 \begin_inset space ~
16776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16778 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16785 \begin_layout Standard
16790 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16791 of the image in the output.
16792 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16796 \begin_inset space ~
16800 \begin_inset space ~
16809 \begin_inset space ~
16813 \begin_inset space ~
16817 \begin_inset space ~
16822 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16823 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16834 LaTeX and LyX options
16836 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16837 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16841 \begin_inset space ~
16846 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16847 with the image size is printed.
16851 \begin_inset space ~
16855 \begin_inset space ~
16859 \begin_inset space ~
16864 is explained in the
16875 \begin_layout Standard
16876 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16877 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16879 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16885 \begin_inset Graphics
16886 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16894 \begin_layout Standard
16895 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16896 the image into a float, see section
16897 \begin_inset space ~
16901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16903 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16910 \begin_layout Subsection
16912 \begin_inset Index idx
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16924 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16932 You can insert images in any known file format.
16933 But as we explained in section
16934 \begin_inset space ~
16938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16940 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16944 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16945 LyX uses therefore the program
16949 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16950 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16951 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16952 \begin_inset space ~
16956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16958 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16966 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16969 \begin_layout Description
16971 \begin_inset space ~
16974 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16975 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16976 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16980 Graphics Interchange Format
16981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16984 (GIF, file extension
16985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16997 \begin_inset Index idx
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17032 Portable Network Graphics
17033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17036 (PNG, file extension
17037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17049 \begin_inset Index idx
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17084 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17088 (JPG, file extension
17089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17113 \begin_inset Index idx
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 \begin_layout Description
17149 \begin_inset space ~
17152 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17154 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17155 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17156 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17157 \begin_inset Newline newline
17160 Scalable image formats can be
17161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17164 Scalable Vector Graphics
17165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17168 (SVG, file extension
17169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17181 \begin_inset Index idx
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17216 Encapsulated PostScript
17217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17220 (EPS, file extension
17221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17233 \begin_inset Index idx
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17268 Portable Document Format
17269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17272 (PDF, file extension
17273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17285 \begin_inset Index idx
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17296 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17297 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17311 \begin_layout Standard
17312 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17316 \begin_layout Subsection
17317 Grouping of Image Settings
17318 \begin_inset Index idx
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17322 Images ! Settings grouping
17330 \begin_layout Standard
17331 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17333 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17334 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17336 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17337 need to manually change each of them.
17341 \begin_layout Standard
17342 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17345 \begin_inset space ~
17350 field in the Graphics dialog.
17351 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17352 by checking the name of the desired group.
17355 \begin_layout Section
17357 \begin_inset Index idx
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17377 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17380 arg "tabular-insert"
17385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17389 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17390 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17391 from the rest of the table.
17392 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17393 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17395 Here's an example table:
17398 \begin_layout Standard
17400 \begin_inset Tabular
17401 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17402 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17606 \begin_layout Subsection
17610 \begin_layout Standard
17611 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17612 brings up the table dialog.
17613 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17614 where the cursor is placed currently.
17615 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17616 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17617 done on all of your selection.
17620 \begin_layout Standard
17621 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17624 \begin_inset space ~
17629 helps you in setting table properties.
17630 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17633 \begin_layout Standard
17637 \begin_inset space ~
17642 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17643 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17644 current cell respectively.
17645 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17647 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17648 of text, see section
17649 \begin_inset space ~
17653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17655 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17662 \begin_layout Standard
17663 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17664 using the check box
17673 This will merge the cells to
17677 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17678 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17679 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17680 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17681 in the last row without the upper border:
17684 \begin_layout Standard
17686 \begin_inset Tabular
17687 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17688 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17690 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 \begin_layout Standard
17824 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17825 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17826 explained in the tables section of the
17829 \begin_inset space ~
17835 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17839 degrees counterclockwise.
17840 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17843 \begin_layout Standard
17844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 Most DVI-viewers are
17856 able to display rotations.
17864 \begin_layout Standard
17869 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17874 adds lines for all cell borders.
17877 \begin_layout Subsection
17879 \begin_inset Index idx
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 Tables ! Longtables
17889 \begin_inset Index idx
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 \begin_layout Standard
17902 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17905 \begin_inset space ~
17909 \begin_inset space ~
17918 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17919 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17922 \begin_layout Description
17927 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17928 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17929 except for the first page, if
17932 \begin_inset space ~
17940 \begin_layout Description
17944 \begin_inset space ~
17949 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17950 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17953 \begin_layout Description
17958 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17959 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17960 except for the last page, if
17963 \begin_inset space ~
17971 \begin_layout Description
17975 \begin_inset space ~
17980 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17981 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17984 \begin_layout Description
17985 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17986 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17992 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17995 \begin_inset space ~
18003 \begin_layout Standard
18004 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18005 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18006 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18007 The others will then be defined as
18012 In this context, first means first in this order:
18015 \begin_inset space ~
18027 \begin_inset space ~
18033 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18036 \begin_layout Standard
18038 \begin_inset Tabular
18039 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18040 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18041 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18042 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18043 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18044 <row endfirsthead="true">
18045 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18056 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <row endfirsthead="true">
18076 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <row endhead="true">
18109 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <row endhead="true">
18140 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <row endfoot="true">
18173 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19194 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <row endlastfoot="true">
20155 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 \begin_layout Subsection
20194 \begin_inset Index idx
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20206 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20213 \begin_layout Standard
20214 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20215 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20216 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20217 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20221 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20222 for the cell's paragraph.
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20227 for the column in the table dialog.
20228 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20229 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20233 \begin_layout Standard
20235 \begin_inset Tabular
20236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20237 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20239 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 This is longer now.
20390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20442 This is longer now.
20447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20473 \begin_layout Standard
20474 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20475 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20481 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20487 Selection with the mouse or with
20491 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20492 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20493 the selection from outside the table.
20496 \begin_layout Section
20498 \begin_inset Index idx
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20517 \begin_layout Standard
20518 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20519 have a fixed location.
20521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20528 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20541 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20542 too many notes on the page.
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20547 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20548 and pages without text.
20549 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20550 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20551 Floats are therefore numbered.
20552 Referencing is described in section
20553 \begin_inset space ~
20557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20559 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20566 \begin_layout Standard
20567 To insert a float, use the menu
20569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20573 A box with a caption that has e.
20574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20578 \begin_inset space \space{}
20582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20593 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20594 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20596 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20597 \begin_inset Index idx
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20606 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20607 paragraph within the float.
20608 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20609 by left-clicking on the box label.
20610 A closed float box looks like this:
20611 \begin_inset Graphics
20612 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20617 – a gray button with a red label.
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20622 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20625 \begin_layout Subsection
20629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20631 \begin_inset Index idx
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20635 Floats ! Figure floats
20641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20643 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20654 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20657 inserts a float with the label
20658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20664 \begin_inset space ~
20670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20674 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20675 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20676 This is what we did for Figure
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20683 reference "cap:Platypus"
20688 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20689 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20690 This was done in Figure
20691 \begin_inset space ~
20695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20697 reference "cap:Escher"
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 \begin_inset Float figure
20710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 \begin_inset Graphics
20713 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20722 \begin_inset Caption
20724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20727 name "cap:Platypus"
20731 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20744 \begin_layout Standard
20745 \begin_inset Float figure
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 \begin_inset Caption
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 \begin_inset Graphics
20772 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20786 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20788 As described in section
20789 \begin_inset space ~
20793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20795 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20799 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20804 and refer to it using the menu
20806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20810 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20819 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20832 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20833 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20834 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20835 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20843 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20847 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20848 You can also set the images one below the other.
20850 \begin_inset space ~
20854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20856 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20863 reference "fig:Platypus"
20867 are the subfigures.
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 \begin_inset Float figure
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20881 \begin_inset Float figure
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 \begin_inset Caption
20889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20892 name "fig:Undefinable"
20904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20905 \begin_inset Graphics
20906 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20921 \begin_inset Float figure
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20927 \begin_inset Caption
20929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20932 name "fig:Platypus"
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 \begin_inset Graphics
20946 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20958 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 \begin_inset Caption
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20970 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20974 Two distorted images.
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 Note that the caption is added to the
20991 \begin_inset space ~
20995 \begin_inset space ~
21000 as described in section
21001 \begin_inset space ~
21005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21007 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21016 \begin_inset Index idx
21019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21020 Floats ! Table floats
21028 \begin_layout Standard
21029 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21031 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21032 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21039 \begin_inset space ~
21043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21045 reference "cap:Table-float"
21049 is an example of a table float.
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 \begin_inset Float table
21058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 \begin_inset Caption
21061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21064 name "cap:Table-float"
21076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21078 \begin_inset Tabular
21079 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21080 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21210 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21231 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21234 \end{array}\right]$
21242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21255 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21276 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21278 \begin_inset Index idx
21281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21290 \begin_layout Standard
21291 This float type is inserted with the menu
21293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21294 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21298 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21299 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21303 , described in section
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21310 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21332 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21335 \begin_layout Standard
21340 floatname{algorithm}{your
21341 \begin_inset space ~
21347 \begin_layout Standard
21348 to the document preamble (menu
21350 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21357 \begin_inset space ~
21363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21379 \begin_inset Index idx
21382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21383 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21391 \begin_layout Standard
21392 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 \begin_inset Graphics
21401 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21410 \begin_inset Caption
21412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21415 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21419 This is a wrapped figure.
21420 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21433 This float type is used if you want to
21434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21441 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21443 It can be inserted using the menu
21445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21446 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21448 \begin_inset space ~
21453 if the LaTeX-package
21458 \begin_inset Index idx
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21472 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21475 \begin_inset space ~
21485 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21488 \begin_inset space ~
21492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21494 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21498 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 Available units are explained in Appendix
21508 \begin_inset space ~
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21514 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21523 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21528 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21536 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21541 \begin_inset space \space{}
21544 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21545 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21554 \begin_layout Itemize
21555 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21556 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21557 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21558 page breaks will appear.
21561 \begin_layout Itemize
21562 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21563 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21566 \begin_layout Itemize
21567 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21568 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21571 \begin_layout Itemize
21572 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21575 \begin_layout Subsection
21577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21579 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21584 \begin_inset Index idx
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21597 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21598 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21602 \begin_inset space ~
21610 \begin_layout Standard
21611 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21612 have a multicolumn document).
21613 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21616 \begin_inset space ~
21622 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21623 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21631 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21632 format is also the same: Table
21633 \begin_inset space ~
21637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21639 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21643 is an example of a rotated table float.
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21655 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21664 \begin_inset Float table
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21670 \begin_inset Caption
21672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21675 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21689 \begin_inset Tabular
21690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21691 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21756 \begin_layout Subsection
21758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21760 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21765 \begin_inset Index idx
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21779 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21780 \begin_inset Newline newline
21786 \begin_inset space ~
21791 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21792 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21793 \begin_inset Newline newline
21799 \begin_inset space ~
21804 is used to rotate floats, see section
21805 \begin_inset space ~
21809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21811 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21819 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21820 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21823 \begin_inset space ~
21827 \begin_inset space ~
21835 \begin_layout Description
21837 \begin_inset space ~
21841 \begin_inset space ~
21844 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21847 \begin_layout Description
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21853 \begin_inset space ~
21856 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21859 \begin_layout Description
21861 \begin_inset space ~
21865 \begin_inset space ~
21868 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21871 \begin_layout Description
21873 \begin_inset space ~
21877 \begin_inset space ~
21880 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21883 \begin_layout Standard
21884 The order of the above option is
21889 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21893 \begin_inset space ~
21897 \begin_inset space ~
21905 \begin_inset space ~
21909 \begin_inset space ~
21914 , and then the others.
21915 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21917 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21918 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21922 By default, each option has its own rules:
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21929 \begin_inset space ~
21933 \begin_inset space ~
21938 only floats occupying less than 70
21939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21942 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21949 \begin_inset space ~
21953 \begin_inset space ~
21958 : only floats occupying less than 30
21959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21962 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21965 \begin_layout Standard
21969 \begin_inset space ~
21973 \begin_inset space ~
21978 : only if more than 50
21979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21982 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21987 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21991 \begin_inset space ~
21995 \begin_inset space ~
22003 \begin_layout Standard
22004 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22005 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22006 For this case you can use the option
22009 \begin_inset space ~
22015 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22017 Because the float is then no longer able to
22018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22025 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22030 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22033 \begin_layout Standard
22034 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22036 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22038 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22045 \begin_layout Section
22047 \begin_inset Index idx
22050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22059 name "sec:Minipages"
22066 \begin_layout Standard
22067 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22069 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22070 \begin_inset space ~
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22080 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22084 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22085 and its alignment within the page.
22088 \begin_layout Standard
22090 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22100 height_special "totalheight"
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 This is a minipage.
22107 The text is set in an italic style.
22110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22113 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22114 another formatting.
22122 \begin_layout Standard
22123 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22126 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22130 as described in section
22131 \begin_inset space ~
22135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22137 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22142 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22148 \begin_layout Standard
22149 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22159 height_special "totalheight"
22162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22164 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22174 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22184 height_special "totalheight"
22187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22189 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22204 \begin_layout Standard
22205 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22206 to other box types.
22207 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22218 \begin_layout Chapter
22219 Mathematical Formulas
22220 \begin_inset Index idx
22223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 \begin_inset Index idx
22233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22264 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22272 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22277 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22280 \begin_layout Section
22282 \begin_inset Index idx
22285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22294 \begin_layout Standard
22295 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22302 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22304 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22305 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22306 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22314 \begin_layout Standard
22315 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22319 \begin_inset space ~
22324 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22327 \begin_layout Standard
22328 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22329 line, like this one:
22332 \begin_layout Standard
22333 This is a line with an inline formula
22334 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22340 \begin_layout Standard
22341 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22343 \begin_inset Formula
22350 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22353 \begin_layout Standard
22354 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22360 \begin_inset space \space{}
22364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22377 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22378 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22382 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22385 \begin_inset space ~
22393 \begin_layout Subsection
22394 Navigating in Formulas
22395 \begin_inset Index idx
22398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_layout Standard
22408 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22409 achieved with the arrow keys.
22410 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22411 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22416 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22417 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22421 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22425 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22428 \end{array}\right]$
22436 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22441 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22442 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22450 , printed in this document as
22451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22472 \begin_inset Note Note
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22477 space character (visible space).
22482 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22483 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22484 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22489 For example, if you want
22490 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22544 , since in the latter case only the
22547 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22552 will be under the square root sign:
22553 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22559 \begin_layout Standard
22560 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22562 \begin_inset Formula
22564 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22573 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22574 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22577 \begin_layout Subsection
22581 \begin_layout Standard
22582 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22583 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22587 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22588 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22589 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22590 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22591 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22594 \begin_layout Subsection
22595 Exponents and Subscripts
22596 \begin_inset Index idx
22599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22606 \begin_inset Index idx
22609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22620 way is to use a command.
22622 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22625 , type in a formula
22631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22647 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22653 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22657 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22678 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22687 , you have to use an extra
22691 to separate the hat and the character.
22693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22697 \begin_inset space \space{}
22701 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22722 Subscripts are similar: To get
22723 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Subsection
22748 \begin_inset Index idx
22751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22761 Create a fraction with either the command
22768 \begin_inset Graphics
22769 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22777 \begin_inset space ~
22783 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22784 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22785 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22790 To move back up, press
22795 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22796 \begin_inset Formula
22798 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22801 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22809 \begin_layout Subsection
22811 \begin_inset Index idx
22814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22823 \begin_layout Standard
22824 Roots can be created using the
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22833 \begin_inset Graphics
22834 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22836 groupId toolbarbuttons
22859 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22865 produces always a square root.
22868 \begin_layout Subsection
22869 Operators with Limits
22870 \begin_inset Index idx
22873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22880 \begin_inset Index idx
22883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22892 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22899 \begin_layout Standard
22901 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22905 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22908 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22909 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22910 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22911 The sum operator will automatically place its
22912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22919 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22922 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22926 \begin_inset Formula
22928 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22933 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22937 \begin_layout Standard
22938 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22940 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22941 behind the operator and hitting
22949 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22950 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22952 \begin_inset space ~
22956 \begin_inset space ~
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22973 feature as addition, such as
22974 \begin_inset Index idx
22977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22984 \begin_inset Formula
22986 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22991 which will place the
22992 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23004 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23005 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23019 Have a look at section
23020 \begin_inset space ~
23024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23026 reference "sub:Functions"
23030 for an explanation of function macros.
23033 \begin_layout Subsection
23035 \begin_inset Index idx
23038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 Most math symbols can be found in the
23051 \begin_inset space ~
23056 under one of several categories; including
23073 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23077 \begin_layout Standard
23078 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23079 you don't have to use the
23082 \begin_inset space ~
23087 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23088 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23091 \begin_layout Subsection
23093 \begin_inset Index idx
23096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23105 \begin_layout Standard
23106 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23111 arg "space-insert protected"
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23123 \begin_inset Graphics
23124 filename ../images/math/space.png
23126 groupId toolbarbuttons
23131 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23132 For example, the sequence
23137 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23141 \begin_inset Graphics
23142 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23147 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23148 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23149 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23150 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23152 Here are two examples:
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23165 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23171 \begin_layout Standard
23181 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23187 \begin_layout Subsection
23189 \begin_inset Index idx
23192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23201 name "sub:Functions"
23208 \begin_layout Standard
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23217 contains under the button
23218 \begin_inset Graphics
23219 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23221 groupId toolbarbuttons
23225 a number of function macros, such as
23226 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23230 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23238 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23245 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23246 avoid confusions, because
23247 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23251 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23260 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23264 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23271 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23272 s are placed, as described in section
23273 \begin_inset space ~
23277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23279 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23286 \begin_layout Subsection
23288 \begin_inset Index idx
23291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23303 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23304 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23309 \begin_inset space \space{}
23313 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23316 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23317 Our example is entered by typing
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23338 \begin_inset space ~
23342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23344 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23348 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 \begin_inset Float table
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 \begin_inset Caption
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23363 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23367 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23377 \begin_inset Tabular
23378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23379 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23574 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23682 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23736 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23790 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23844 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23943 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23964 \begin_layout Standard
23965 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23968 \begin_inset space ~
23974 \begin_inset Graphics
23975 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23977 groupId toolbarbuttons
23981 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23985 \begin_layout Section
23986 Brackets and Delimiters
23987 \begin_inset Index idx
23990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 \begin_inset Index idx
24000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24009 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24016 \begin_layout Standard
24017 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24018 For most purposes, using just the keys
24023 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24024 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24025 toolbar delimiter icon
24028 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24032 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24034 \begin_inset Formula
24036 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24044 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24045 \begin_inset Formula
24047 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24055 \begin_layout Standard
24056 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24057 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24062 left side and right side.
24063 If you use the option
24066 \begin_inset space ~
24071 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24072 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24073 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24074 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24077 \begin_layout Standard
24078 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24079 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24080 inside the brackets.
24081 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24086 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24089 \begin_layout Section
24090 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24091 \begin_inset Index idx
24094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24101 \begin_inset Index idx
24104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24111 \begin_inset Index idx
24114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24115 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24123 \begin_layout Standard
24124 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24127 \begin_inset space ~
24133 \begin_inset Graphics
24134 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24136 groupId toolbarbuttons
24141 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24142 Here is an example:
24143 \begin_inset Formula
24145 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24154 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24155 \begin_inset space ~
24159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24161 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24166 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24167 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24168 This alignment is set in the box
24173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24221 for every column as default.
24222 For example, the sequence
24223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24234 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24235 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24236 corresponds to the relevant column.
24237 The result will look like this:
24238 \begin_inset Formula
24241 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24242 column & has & has\, right\\
24243 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24256 arg "newline-insert newline"
24259 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24260 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24265 or the math toolbar.
24268 \begin_layout Standard
24269 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24270 It can be created with the menu
24272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24273 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 \begin_inset space ~
24287 Here is an example:
24288 \begin_inset Formula
24302 \begin_layout Standard
24303 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24306 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24309 arg "newline-insert newline"
24313 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24318 arg "newline-insert newline"
24321 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24329 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24330 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24331 A new row is created by every further hit of
24334 arg "newline-insert newline"
24338 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24339 Here is an example:
24340 \begin_inset Formula
24342 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24343 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24348 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24349 where you want to start the shift and hit
24354 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24355 position to the next column.
24356 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24357 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24358 \begin_inset Formula
24360 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24368 \begin_layout Standard
24369 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24376 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24377 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24380 reference "eq:asquared"
24385 The other types are described in section
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24392 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24399 \begin_layout Section
24400 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24401 \begin_inset Index idx
24404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24405 Math ! Formula numbering
24411 \begin_inset Index idx
24414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24415 Math ! Referencing formulas
24421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24423 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24431 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24433 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24434 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24436 \begin_inset space ~
24444 arg "math-number-toggle"
24448 The formula number appears in LyX as
24449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24456 within parentheses.
24458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24465 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24467 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24468 the document class.
24469 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24470 separated by a dot:
24471 \begin_inset Formula
24481 arg "math-number-toggle"
24484 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24485 You can only number displayed formulas.
24488 \begin_layout Standard
24489 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24491 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24492 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24494 \begin_inset space ~
24498 \begin_inset space ~
24502 \begin_inset space ~
24510 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24513 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24514 \begin_inset Formula
24517 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24523 To number all lines use the shortcut
24526 arg "math-number-toggle"
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24533 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24536 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24537 A label is inserted with the menu
24539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24542 when the cursor is in the formula.
24543 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24544 It is recommended to use the proposed
24545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24556 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24557 type when you have many labels in your document.
24558 We inserted in the following example the label
24559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24566 in the second line:
24567 \begin_inset Formula
24569 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24570 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24575 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24576 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24586 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24590 \begin_inset space ~
24596 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24597 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24598 as the formula number:
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24602 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24605 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24613 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24614 \begin_inset space ~
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24620 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24625 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24631 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24636 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24644 \begin_layout Section
24645 User defined math macros
24646 \begin_inset Index idx
24649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24658 \begin_layout Standard
24659 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24660 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24661 Math macros are explained in section
24664 \begin_inset space ~
24676 \begin_layout Section
24680 \begin_layout Subsection
24682 \begin_inset Index idx
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24696 To set a font in a formula, use the
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24705 \begin_inset Graphics
24706 filename ../images/math/font.png
24708 groupId toolbarbuttons
24712 , or enter its command, listed in table
24713 \begin_inset space ~
24717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24719 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24726 \begin_layout Standard
24727 \begin_inset Float table
24732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24733 \begin_inset Caption
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24738 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24742 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 \begin_inset Tabular
24753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24754 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24788 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24815 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24842 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24875 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24902 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24929 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24963 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24990 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25025 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25033 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25051 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25056 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25057 space when you need a space in the box.
25058 Here an example where
25059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25070 denotes the set of numbers:
25071 \begin_inset Formula
25073 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25088 \begin_inset space \space{}
25100 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25104 \begin_inset Newline newline
25107 So it is better not to use this feature.
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25111 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25112 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25116 \begin_inset Newline newline
25119 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25125 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25126 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25139 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25142 \begin_layout Standard
25143 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25146 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25148 \begin_inset space ~
25156 \begin_layout Subsection
25158 \begin_inset Index idx
25161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25171 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25173 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25177 \begin_inset space ~
25181 \begin_inset space ~
25189 \begin_inset space ~
25195 \begin_inset Graphics
25196 filename ../images/math/font.png
25198 groupId toolbarbuttons
25209 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25210 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25211 Here is an example:
25212 \begin_inset Formula
25215 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25216 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25225 \begin_layout Subsection
25227 \begin_inset Index idx
25230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 \begin_layout Standard
25240 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25241 automatically chosen in most situations.
25259 For most characters,
25267 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25268 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25273 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25274 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25276 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25277 \begin_inset Graphics
25278 filename ../images/math/style.png
25280 groupId toolbarbuttons
25285 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25286 For example, you can set
25287 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25290 , which is normally in
25299 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25303 The four styles are used in the following example:
25306 \begin_layout Standard
25307 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25311 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25315 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25319 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25326 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25327 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25329 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25331 \begin_inset space ~
25336 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25337 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25338 will be adjusted to correspond.
25339 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25354 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25360 \begin_layout Section
25364 \begin_layout Standard
25365 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25366 the document classes and into layout modules.
25367 \begin_inset Index idx
25370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25376 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25377 other than the AMS classes.
25379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25381 reference "sub:Modules"
25385 for more on layout modules.
25388 \begin_layout Section
25390 \begin_inset Index idx
25393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25400 \begin_inset Index idx
25403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25413 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25414 (AMS) that are in common use.
25417 \begin_layout Subsection
25418 Enabling AMS-Support
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 Selecting the checkbox
25425 \begin_inset space ~
25429 \begin_inset space ~
25433 \begin_inset space ~
25440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25444 \begin_inset Index idx
25447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25448 Document ! Settings
25456 \begin_inset space ~
25461 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25463 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25464 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25467 \begin_layout Subsection
25469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25471 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25476 \begin_inset Index idx
25479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25480 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25490 LyX allows you to choose between
25511 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25514 \begin_layout Chapter
25518 \begin_layout Section
25520 \begin_inset Index idx
25523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25532 name "sec:Cross-References"
25539 \begin_layout Standard
25540 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25541 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25543 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25544 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25545 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25548 \begin_layout Enumerate
25552 \begin_layout Enumerate
25553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25555 name "enu:Second-item"
25562 \begin_layout Enumerate
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 or by pressing the toolbar button
25579 A grey label box like this:
25580 \begin_inset Graphics
25581 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25586 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25587 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25622 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25627 \begin_inset space \space{}
25630 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25645 \begin_layout Standard
25646 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25651 or the toolbar button
25654 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25658 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25659 \begin_inset Graphics
25660 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25665 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25667 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25680 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25690 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25695 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25696 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25698 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25712 reference "enu:Second-item"
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 It is recommended to use a protected space
25724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25725 described in section
25726 \begin_inset space ~
25730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25732 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25741 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25746 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25749 \begin_layout Description
25750 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25753 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25760 \begin_layout Description
25761 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25762 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25774 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25781 \begin_layout Description
25782 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25783 \begin_inset space ~
25787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25788 LatexCommand pageref
25789 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25796 \begin_layout Description
25798 \begin_inset space ~
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25805 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25807 LatexCommand vpageref
25808 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25815 \begin_layout Description
25817 \begin_inset space ~
25821 \begin_inset space ~
25825 \begin_inset space ~
25828 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25831 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25838 \begin_layout Description
25840 \begin_inset space ~
25843 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25844 \begin_inset Newline newline
25848 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25856 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25865 \begin_inset Index idx
25868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25869 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25875 \begin_inset Index idx
25878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25879 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25892 \begin_layout Description
25894 \begin_inset space ~
25897 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25899 LatexCommand nameref
25900 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25912 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25919 \begin_inset space \space{}
25923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25937 <reference> on page <page>
25939 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25943 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25944 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25945 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25949 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25954 You can only use the style
25958 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25962 is always possible.
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25967 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25969 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25970 \begin_inset space ~
25974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25976 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25983 \begin_layout Standard
25984 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25988 \begin_inset space ~
25992 \begin_inset space ~
25997 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25998 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26001 \begin_inset space ~
26006 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26007 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26010 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 You can change labels at any time.
26018 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26019 do not need to take care about this.
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26023 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26024 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 References are described in detail in sec.
26029 \begin_inset space ~
26033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 \begin_layout Section
26048 Table of Contents and other Listings
26049 \begin_inset Index idx
26052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26059 \begin_inset Index idx
26062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26078 \begin_layout Subsection
26080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26082 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26090 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26093 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26095 \begin_inset space ~
26099 \begin_inset space ~
26105 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26106 If you click on it, the
26110 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26111 sections in your documents.
26112 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26114 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26117 that is described in sec.
26118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26124 reference "sec:Navigating"
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26132 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26133 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26135 \begin_inset space ~
26139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26141 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26145 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26147 \begin_inset space ~
26151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26153 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26157 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26159 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26162 \begin_layout Subsection
26163 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26166 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26174 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26175 You can insert them via the
26177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26179 \begin_inset space ~
26183 \begin_inset space ~
26189 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26192 \begin_layout Section
26193 URLs and Hyperlinks
26194 \begin_inset Index idx
26197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26204 \begin_inset Index idx
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 \begin_layout Subsection
26218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26237 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26238 \begin_inset Flex URL
26241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26258 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26271 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26279 \begin_layout Subsection
26281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26283 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26296 or with the toolbar button
26303 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26312 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26313 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26314 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26316 name "LyX's homepage"
26317 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26321 , an Email address like this:
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26324 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26325 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26330 , or a link to a file.
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26334 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26347 to the link target.
26350 \begin_layout Standard
26351 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26352 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26353 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26354 the text style dialog.
26355 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26361 name "LyX's homepage"
26362 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26370 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26374 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26377 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26381 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26383 \begin_inset Newline newline
26391 \begin_inset Newline newline
26398 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26401 \begin_layout Section
26403 \begin_inset Index idx
26406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26415 name "sec:Appendices"
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26423 Appendices are created with the menu
26425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26427 \begin_inset space ~
26431 \begin_inset space ~
26437 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26438 as the appendix region.
26439 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26443 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26444 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26445 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26446 and the subsection number.
26447 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26459 reference "cha:Credits"
26464 \begin_inset space ~
26468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26470 reference "sub:Export"
26477 \begin_layout Section
26479 \begin_inset Index idx
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26491 name "sec:Bibliography"
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26500 You can include a bibliography database,
26504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 Known under the name
26506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26518 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26519 manually, using the paragraph environment
26523 , which was described in section
26524 \begin_inset space ~
26528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26530 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26535 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26536 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26540 use a bibliography database.
26543 \begin_layout Subsection
26544 The Bibliography Environment
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26552 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26554 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26563 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26565 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26574 , a short form of its title, as key.
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26578 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26583 or the toolbar button
26586 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26590 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26591 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26592 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26593 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26599 entry with surrounding brackets.
26604 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26605 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26620 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26623 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26625 key "latexcompanion"
26632 \begin_layout Standard
26633 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26634 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26643 \begin_layout Subsection
26644 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26645 \begin_inset Index idx
26648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26649 Bibliography ! Databases
26655 \begin_inset Index idx
26658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26659 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26667 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26681 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26683 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26684 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26689 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26691 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26692 your working field in a database.
26693 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26694 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26696 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26701 The database is a text file with the file extension
26702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26713 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26714 The format is explained in
26715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26721 and in LaTeX books (
26722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26724 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26729 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26730 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26731 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26732 \begin_inset Flex URL
26735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26737 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26746 To use a database, use the menu
26748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26753 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26766 \begin_inset space ~
26772 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26773 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26776 Add bibliography to TOC
26778 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26783 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26784 in the document or just the cited references.
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26788 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26800 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26801 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26802 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26804 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26810 For information how this is done, have a look at
26811 \begin_inset Newline newline
26815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26817 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26833 \begin_layout Standard
26834 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26835 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26838 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26866 \begin_inset space ~
26872 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26887 \begin_layout Standard
26888 When you select the option
26890 Sectioned bibliography
26894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26897 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26898 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26900 Customizing Bibliographies
26908 Additional Features
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26914 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26915 the two methods of creating them.
26916 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26917 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26918 We used the style file
26922 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26925 \begin_layout Subsection
26926 Bibliography layout
26927 \begin_inset Index idx
26930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 Bibliography ! Layout
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26941 For this feature you need to enable the option
26947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26951 \begin_inset Index idx
26954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26955 Document ! Settings
26965 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26966 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26967 in the previous section.
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26971 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26972 in the citation reference window.
26973 Here an example where we set the text
26974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26978 \begin_inset space ~
26982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26985 to appear after the reference:
26988 \begin_layout Standard
26990 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26993 key "latexcompanion"
27000 \begin_layout Section
27002 \begin_inset Index idx
27005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27026 \begin_inset space ~
27031 or the toolbar button
27039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27050 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27051 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27052 by LyX as the index entry.
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27057 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27059 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27061 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27069 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27073 \begin_inset space ~
27077 \begin_inset space ~
27080 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27082 \begin_inset space ~
27088 A light blue box labeled
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27101 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27104 \begin_layout Subsection
27105 Grouping Index Entries
27106 \begin_inset Index idx
27109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27121 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27122 lists under the entry
27123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27131 First we create the entry
27132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27140 \begin_inset space ~
27144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27146 reference "sub:Lists"
27151 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27152 \begin_inset space ~
27156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27158 reference "sec:Itemize"
27162 , we insert the command
27165 \begin_layout Standard
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27182 for the enumerated list in section
27183 \begin_inset space ~
27187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27189 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27196 \begin_layout Standard
27197 The exclamation mark
27198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27205 marks the grouping levels.
27206 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27207 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27208 If we don't have an index entry for
27209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27216 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27219 \begin_layout Subsection
27221 \begin_inset Index idx
27224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27225 Index ! Page ranges
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27234 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27236 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27237 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27239 \begin_inset space ~
27243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27245 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27252 \begin_layout Standard
27255 Paragraph environments|(
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27259 and another entry at the end of section
27260 \begin_inset space ~
27264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27266 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27276 Paragraph environments|)
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27304 respectively start and end the index range.
27305 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27306 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27307 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27308 An example is the index entry
27309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27312 Document ! Settings
27313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 \begin_layout Subsection
27321 \begin_inset Index idx
27324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27325 Index ! Cross referencing
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27334 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27335 We referred for example in the index entry
27336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27344 \begin_inset space ~
27348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27350 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27354 ) to the index entry
27355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27362 in the same section using the entry
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27368 GIF|see{Image formats}
27371 \begin_layout Standard
27372 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27373 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27374 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27377 \begin_layout Subsection
27379 \begin_inset Index idx
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 Index ! Entry order
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27392 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27393 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27394 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27399 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27401 \begin_inset space ~
27405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27407 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27416 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27417 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27442 \begin_inset Index idx
27445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27446 Dummy entries ! maïs
27452 \begin_inset Index idx
27455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27456 Dummy entries ! maître
27462 \begin_inset Index idx
27465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27466 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27471 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27472 order maïs, maison, maître.
27473 To achieve this, we use the command
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27479 previous entry@current entry
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 In our case we want to have
27484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27499 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27509 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27510 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27527 to generate the index (see sec.
27528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27534 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27543 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27551 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27555 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27556 index commands start with
27557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27569 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27574 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27601 \begin_layout Subsection
27603 \begin_inset Index idx
27606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27607 Index ! Entry layout
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27616 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27617 \begin_inset Index idx
27620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27623 This is an italic dummy entry
27628 You can also format the page number using the character
27629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27636 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27637 We can write for example
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27643 italic page number:|textit
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27647 to get the page number in italic.
27648 \begin_inset Index idx
27651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27652 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27657 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27675 \begin_inset space ~
27681 Have a look at section
27682 \begin_inset space ~
27686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27688 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27692 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27704 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27708 to generate the index, see sec.
27709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27715 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27724 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27725 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27726 they can be used, see
27727 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27730 key "latexcompanion"
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27743 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27745 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27746 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27747 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27748 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27749 If so, put the following in the preamble
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 in the index entry.
27776 \begin_inset Index idx
27779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27780 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27785 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27786 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27787 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27791 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27797 \begin_inset space \space{}
27800 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27801 for all index entries.
27802 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27814 documentation for details,
27815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27817 key "makeindex,xindy"
27824 \begin_layout Subsection
27826 \begin_inset Index idx
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27838 name "sub:Index-Program"
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 If the index entry program
27850 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27854 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27863 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27864 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27865 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27866 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27867 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27877 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27878 dialog, see section
27879 \begin_inset space ~
27883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27885 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27890 The available options are listed and explained in
27891 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27893 key "makeindex,xindy"
27898 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27903 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27904 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27908 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27909 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27913 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27914 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27917 \begin_layout Subsection
27921 \begin_layout Standard
27922 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27923 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27931 next to the standard index.
27932 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27933 packages that add this feature.
27939 \begin_inset Index idx
27942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27943 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27948 package to generate multiple indexes.
27949 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27950 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27951 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27958 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27959 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27960 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27963 \begin_layout Standard
27964 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27967 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27968 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27975 Use multiple Indexes
27976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27980 Note that the list of
27981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27988 below already contains the standard index.
27989 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27990 also appear as a heading) to the
27991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27998 input field and press the
27999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28007 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28008 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28009 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28013 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28019 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28020 indexes in the LyX work area.
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28024 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28029 \begin_inset space ~
28033 \begin_inset space ~
28042 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28043 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28044 are some additional features:
28047 \begin_layout Itemize
28048 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28049 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28052 \begin_layout Itemize
28053 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28054 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28063 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28068 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28069 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28070 to the non-subindexes.
28073 \begin_layout Section
28074 Nomenclature / Glossary
28075 \begin_inset Index idx
28078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28085 \begin_inset Index idx
28088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28119 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28127 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28128 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28138 \begin_inset Index idx
28141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28142 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28148 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28155 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28160 and then use the menu
28162 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28168 \begin_inset space ~
28173 or the toolbar button
28176 arg "nomencl-insert"
28181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28192 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28197 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28198 The second is the description of the symbol.
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28210 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28218 \begin_layout Subsection
28219 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28220 \begin_inset Index idx
28223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28224 Nomenclature ! Layout
28232 \begin_layout Standard
28233 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28237 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28243 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28251 \begin_inset Newline newline
28259 \begin_inset Newline newline
28265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28272 character starts/ends the formula.
28273 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28285 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28296 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28297 \begin_inset space ~
28301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28303 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28319 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28320 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28325 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28332 in this document is:
28333 \begin_inset Newline newline
28338 dummy entry for the character
28343 \begin_inset Newline newline
28355 \begin_inset space ~
28365 font use the command
28394 \begin_layout Subsection
28395 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28396 \begin_inset Index idx
28399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28400 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28410 the symbol definition.
28411 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28412 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28415 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28416 LatexCommand nomenclature
28418 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28425 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28429 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28430 LatexCommand nomenclature
28433 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28438 They will be sorted by
28439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28465 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28468 will be sorted before the
28472 since the character
28473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28480 is considered in sorting.
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28487 \begin_inset space ~
28492 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28493 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28495 For the example given, you can insert
28499 in this field for the
28500 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28507 will be located before
28508 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28529 \begin_layout Subsection
28530 Nomenclature Options
28531 \begin_inset Index idx
28534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28535 Nomenclature ! Options
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28548 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28549 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28552 \begin_layout Description
28553 refeq Appends the phrase
28554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28569 to every nomenclature entry, where
28575 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28578 \begin_layout Description
28579 refpage Appends the phrase
28580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28595 to every nomenclature entry, where
28601 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28604 \begin_layout Description
28605 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28608 \begin_layout Standard
28609 There are furthermore the options
28653 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28658 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28659 class options list in the
28661 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28665 In this document the option
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28673 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28679 \begin_layout Standard
28680 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28681 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28686 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28689 \begin_layout Description
28699 \begin_layout Description
28702 nomrefpage Like the
28709 \begin_layout Description
28712 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28721 \begin_layout Description
28725 \begin_inset space ~
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28736 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28739 \begin_layout Subsection
28740 Printing the Nomenclature
28741 \begin_inset Index idx
28744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28745 Nomenclature ! Printing
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28758 \begin_inset space ~
28762 \begin_inset space ~
28765 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28769 A light blue box labeled
28770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28781 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28782 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28786 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28795 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28803 For example, in order to change the name to
28807 , add the following line to the preamble:
28810 \begin_layout Standard
28818 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28822 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28828 \begin_layout Standard
28829 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28830 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28841 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28844 \begin_layout Standard
28847 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28848 \begin_inset space ~
28852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28854 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28859 The default value is 1
28860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28866 \begin_layout Subsection
28867 Nomenclature Program
28868 \begin_inset Index idx
28871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28872 Nomenclature ! Program
28878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28880 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28887 \begin_layout Standard
28888 LyX uses the program
28892 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28893 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28898 by adding options, see section
28899 \begin_inset space ~
28903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28905 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28910 The available options are listed and explained in
28911 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28913 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28920 \begin_layout Section
28922 \begin_inset Index idx
28925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28932 \begin_inset Index idx
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28936 Document ! Branches
28942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28944 name "sec:Branches"
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28952 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28953 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28954 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28955 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28960 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28961 To create a branch, either select the menu
28963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28964 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28967 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28976 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28977 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28978 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28979 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28980 (see below for an example).
28981 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28982 to the name of the other) and to add
28983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28995 \begin_inset space ~
28998 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28999 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29004 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29009 where you can choose a branch.
29010 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29014 \begin_layout Standard
29015 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29016 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 \begin_inset Branch Question
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29024 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29037 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29052 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29053 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29056 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29057 Consider for example a file
29058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29065 which has the above branches.
29067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29074 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29098 branch were inactive,
29099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29114 branch was active, likewise
29115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29130 branch was active, and
29131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29134 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29138 if both branches were active.
29139 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29151 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29152 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29154 For example you can define for the question branch
29158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29159 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29160 \begin_inset space ~
29164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29166 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29198 \begin_layout Standard
29199 and for the answer branch
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29212 \begin_layout Standard
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 \begin_inset Branch Question
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 \begin_layout Standard
29259 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29294 \begin_layout Standard
29295 Now it is possible to use the commands
29299 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29306 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29309 to obtain conditional output.
29310 Here is an example formula where only the
29317 \begin_inset Formula
29319 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29327 \begin_layout Standard
29328 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29336 \begin_layout Section
29338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29340 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29345 \begin_inset Index idx
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29357 \begin_layout Standard
29362 dialog allows you in the
29366 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29367 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29372 \begin_inset Index idx
29375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29376 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29384 \begin_layout Standard
29389 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29390 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29391 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29393 You can specify in the dialog tab
29397 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29399 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29400 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29409 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29410 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29411 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29413 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29414 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29416 \begin_inset space ~
29419 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29420 \begin_inset space ~
29423 1 will only display the sections.
29426 \begin_layout Standard
29427 The header information in the dialog tab
29431 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29432 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29437 \begin_inset space \space{}
29440 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29441 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29444 Automatic fill header
29446 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29447 title and author settings.
29450 \begin_layout Standard
29453 Load in fullscreen mode
29455 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29459 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29460 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29466 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29476 \begin_layout Section
29477 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29480 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29487 \begin_layout Subsection
29489 \begin_inset Index idx
29492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29501 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29509 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29510 constructs, but not all.
29511 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29512 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29513 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29514 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29515 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29519 \begin_layout Standard
29520 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29522 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29526 \begin_inset space ~
29531 or by the toolbar button
29538 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29544 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29545 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29546 using the LaTeX-command
29552 , you can write the command part
29558 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29562 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29563 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29564 the following example:
29567 \begin_layout Standard
29568 \begin_inset Graphics
29569 filename clipart/ERT.png
29577 \begin_layout Standard
29581 \begin_layout Standard
29582 This is a line with a
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29610 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29619 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29627 \begin_layout Subsection
29628 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29629 \begin_inset Argument
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 \begin_inset Index idx
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29651 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29659 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29660 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29661 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29670 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29671 any time if you know the right commands.
29673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29677 \begin_inset space \space{}
29680 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29682 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29683 all caption labels bold.
29684 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29686 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29692 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29693 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 As result you know that the package
29710 \begin_inset Index idx
29713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29714 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29720 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29733 usepackage[options]{package name}
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29737 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29738 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29739 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29743 In your case the package name is
29748 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29753 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29754 So you add the command
29757 \begin_layout Standard
29762 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 For more commands provided by the
29775 package, have a look at its documentation,
29776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29790 \begin_layout Standard
29791 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29793 For example if you use a
29797 class, you don't need the package
29801 , you can instead write
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29809 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29814 \begin_layout Standard
29815 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29816 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29817 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29824 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29827 \begin_layout Standard
29828 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29829 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29831 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29832 the previous section.
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29836 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29840 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29848 \begin_layout Section
29849 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29852 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29857 \begin_inset Index idx
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 \begin_inset Index idx
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29880 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29881 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29882 to break your train of thought with
29884 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29890 \begin_layout Standard
29891 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29892 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29897 \begin_inset Index idx
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29901 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29906 as explained below, and turn on
29909 \begin_inset space ~
29916 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29920 \begin_inset space ~
29924 \begin_inset space ~
29927 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29932 \begin_inset space ~
29937 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29941 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29943 Previews of an already loaded document are
29947 generated just by selecting the
29950 \begin_inset space ~
29955 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29960 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29963 \begin_inset space ~
29968 check box in the insert dialog.
29969 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29973 \begin_layout Standard
29974 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29978 (on some systems named simply
29983 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29991 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29992 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30000 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30004 \begin_layout Standard
30005 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30011 \begin_layout Standard
30012 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30016 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30018 \begin_inset space ~
30023 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30024 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30026 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30027 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30028 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30029 the source view window.
30032 \begin_layout Section
30033 Advanced Find and Replace
30034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30036 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30041 \begin_inset Index idx
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30051 \begin_inset Index idx
30054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 \begin_layout Subsection
30067 \begin_layout Standard
30068 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30069 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30070 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30071 The key-features are:
30074 \begin_layout Itemize
30075 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30076 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30077 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30081 \begin_layout Itemize
30082 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30083 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30084 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30085 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30088 \begin_layout Itemize
30089 Search may be widened to a specific
30094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30098 \begin_inset space ~
30101 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30102 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30109 \begin_layout Itemize
30110 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30111 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30116 \begin_inset space ~
30119 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30122 \begin_layout Subsection
30126 \begin_layout Standard
30127 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30143 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30146 ) or the toolbar button
30149 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30155 Advanced Find and Replace
30160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30164 \begin_layout Standard
30169 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30174 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30179 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30180 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30181 Pressing repeatedly
30185 keeps searching forward.
30186 Similarly, pressing
30190 searches for the entered text backwards.
30193 \begin_layout Standard
30194 While searching, the
30198 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30208 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30212 Searching for mathematics
30215 \begin_layout Standard
30216 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30220 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30221 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30224 or also something more complex like
30225 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30229 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30230 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30231 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30232 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30243 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30244 This is done by switching to the
30245 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
30249 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
30254 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30259 This way, entering in the
30266 \begin_layout Itemize
30267 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30268 in emphasized or boldface.
30271 \begin_layout Itemize
30272 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30273 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30274 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30275 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30278 \begin_layout Itemize
30279 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30280 of if only within section headings.
30281 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30282 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30286 \begin_layout Itemize
30287 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30288 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30295 \begin_layout Standard
30296 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30300 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30308 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30312 button or alternatively
30334 \begin_layout Standard
30335 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30336 text segments in your document.
30337 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30341 \begin_layout Itemize
30342 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30343 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30351 with its typewriter version
30354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30364 \begin_layout Itemize
30365 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30371 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30383 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30390 (you may want to enable the
30398 options and disable the
30403 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
30407 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
30412 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30420 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30421 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30425 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30428 , or occurrences of
30429 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30433 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30439 \begin_layout Subsection
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30444 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30453 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30462 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30468 This is done via the menu
30470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30471 Insert Regular Expression
30474 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
30483 while the cursor is in the
30488 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30489 expression matching rules
30493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30494 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30500 \begin_inset space ~
30503 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30504 to match expressions.
30509 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30510 same text in the document.
30511 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30512 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30515 \begin_layout Enumerate
30516 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30521 editor the fraction
30522 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30526 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30529 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30530 fractions with the given denominator.
30533 \begin_layout Enumerate
30534 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30540 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30544 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30552 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30557 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30558 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30560 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30563 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30564 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30567 \begin_layout Standard
30568 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30569 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30570 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30573 , and referring back to them through
30574 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30578 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30582 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30585 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30586 For example, try searching for the regexp
30587 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30590 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30593 \begin_layout Standard
30594 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30595 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30596 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30601 \begin_inset space ~
30605 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30608 always refers to the first occurrence of
30609 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30612 in all entered regexps.
30615 \begin_layout Standard
30616 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30620 \begin_layout Section
30622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30624 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30629 \begin_inset Index idx
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 \begin_layout Standard
30642 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30643 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30660 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30666 can be seen as the successor to
30674 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30680 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30681 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30689 \begin_layout Standard
30690 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30691 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30698 \begin_layout Standard
30701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30704 or the toolbar button
30707 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30710 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30711 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30712 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30713 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30714 scrolled so that it is visible.
30719 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30721 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30725 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30726 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30730 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30733 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30737 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30738 will bring an error message.
30739 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30740 specifying a different
30742 Alternative language
30744 in preferences dialog.
30747 \begin_layout Standard
30748 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30751 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30755 \begin_layout Standard
30756 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30757 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30759 But you can use the
30762 \begin_inset space ~
30766 \begin_inset space ~
30774 \begin_layout Standard
30775 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30776 This does work with
30780 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30783 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30792 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30795 \begin_layout Description
30797 \begin_inset space ~
30800 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30801 should consider, e.
30802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30806 \begin_inset space \space{}
30809 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30810 This should not normally be needed.
30813 \begin_layout Description
30815 \begin_inset space ~
30818 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30819 the spell checker's default choice
30822 \begin_layout Description
30824 \begin_inset space ~
30828 \begin_inset space ~
30831 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30843 \begin_layout Description
30845 \begin_inset space ~
30849 \begin_inset space ~
30852 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30861 also for the spellchecker.
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 The encodings are explained in section
30867 \begin_inset space ~
30871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30873 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30882 Only enable this if you use
30886 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30887 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30888 so this is disabled by default.
30891 \begin_layout Section
30893 \begin_inset Index idx
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30905 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30912 \begin_layout Standard
30913 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30914 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30926 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30935 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30936 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30937 are available for many languages.
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30945 \begin_layout Subsection
30946 Setting up the thesaurus
30949 \begin_layout Standard
30954 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30959 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30964 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30970 en_EN for English).
30971 For instance, the English files are named:
30974 \begin_layout Itemize
30978 \begin_layout Itemize
30982 \begin_layout Standard
30983 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30984 already on your system.
30985 If not, you can get dictionaries
30986 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
30988 \begin_inset Flex URL
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30993 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
30995 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31005 \begin_inset Flex URL
31008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31017 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
31018 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31023 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31025 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31026 unpack a zip archive.
31027 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
31035 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31036 \begin_inset Flex URL
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
31043 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31048 are usually packed in extension archives (
31052 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31054 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31055 unpack a zip archive.
31063 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
31067 \begin_layout Standard
31076 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31077 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31079 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31080 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31084 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31087 \begin_layout Subsection
31088 Using the thesaurus
31091 \begin_layout Standard
31092 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31094 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31097 or the toolbar button
31100 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31103 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31105 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31107 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31108 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31109 and hyponyms (such as
31117 ), compounds (such as
31121 ) and antonyms (such as
31129 ), which are marked as such.
31132 \begin_layout Standard
31133 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31134 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31138 \begin_layout Standard
31139 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31140 the dictionary, such as the above
31144 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31149 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31150 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31151 For example looking up the word forms
31159 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31164 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31177 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31178 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31179 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31182 \begin_layout Subsection
31183 License of the Thesaurus library
31186 \begin_layout Standard
31191 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31196 as a standalone program.
31197 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31198 The library was released under the
31200 Berkeley Database License
31202 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31203 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31204 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31206 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31209 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31213 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31216 \begin_layout Section
31218 \begin_inset Index idx
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31228 \begin_inset Index idx
31231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 Document ! Change Tracking
31238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31240 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31247 \begin_layout Standard
31248 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31249 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31250 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31251 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31255 \begin_inset space ~
31258 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31260 \begin_inset space ~
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31269 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31283 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31284 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31287 \begin_inset space ~
31291 \begin_inset space ~
31301 \begin_inset Index idx
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 Color ! Change tracking
31310 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31311 the cursor is in changed text.
31312 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31315 arg "changes-merge"
31321 \begin_layout Standard
31322 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31323 \begin_inset Index idx
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31335 \begin_layout Standard
31336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31342 \begin_layout Standard
31343 \begin_inset Graphics
31344 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31352 \begin_layout Standard
31353 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31359 \begin_layout Standard
31360 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31365 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31372 \begin_inset Tabular
31373 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31374 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31375 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31376 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 arg "changes-track"
31394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31402 \begin_inset space ~
31405 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31407 \begin_inset space ~
31416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 arg "changes-output"
31433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31439 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31441 \begin_inset space ~
31444 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31446 \begin_inset space ~
31450 \begin_inset space ~
31454 \begin_inset space ~
31463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 Jumps to the next change
31490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 arg "change-accept"
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31515 \begin_inset space ~
31518 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31520 \begin_inset space ~
31529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 arg "change-reject"
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31554 \begin_inset space ~
31557 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31559 \begin_inset space ~
31568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 arg "changes-merge"
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31593 \begin_inset space ~
31596 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31598 \begin_inset space ~
31607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 arg "all-changes-accept"
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31632 \begin_inset space ~
31635 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31637 \begin_inset space ~
31641 \begin_inset space ~
31650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 arg "all-changes-reject"
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31675 \begin_inset space ~
31678 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31680 \begin_inset space ~
31684 \begin_inset space ~
31693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31717 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31719 \begin_inset space ~
31728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31753 \begin_inset space ~
31769 \begin_layout Standard
31770 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31776 \begin_layout Standard
31777 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31778 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31779 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31780 the next change after the current cursor position.
31781 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31782 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31783 step to the next change.
31784 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31787 \begin_layout Standard
31788 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31789 to describe a change.
31792 \begin_layout Standard
31793 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31798 \begin_inset Index idx
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31808 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31809 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31815 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31818 \begin_layout Section
31819 International Support
31820 \begin_inset Index idx
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31824 International support
31832 \begin_layout Standard
31833 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31834 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31835 how to set up LyX to use them:
31836 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31838 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31845 \begin_layout Standard
31846 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31847 \begin_inset space ~
31851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31853 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31860 \begin_layout Subsection
31862 \begin_inset Index idx
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31872 \begin_inset Index idx
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 Document ! Settings
31882 \begin_inset Index idx
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 Document ! Language
31894 \begin_layout Standard
31897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31900 dialog lets you set
31902 the language and character encoding for your language.
31906 \begin_layout Standard
31907 Choose your language in the
31911 section of this dialog.
31919 \begin_layout Standard
31924 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31929 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31930 For details about the different encoding options see section
31931 \begin_inset space ~
31935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31937 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31944 \begin_layout Subsection
31945 Keyboard mapping configuration
31946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31948 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31955 \begin_layout Standard
31956 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31957 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31958 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31959 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31960 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31962 \begin_inset space ~
31966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31968 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31973 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31974 which one you want to use.
31977 \begin_layout Standard
31978 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31979 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31980 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31981 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31982 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31983 one to support the characters you want.
31984 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31991 \begin_layout Subsection
31995 \begin_layout Standard
31997 \begin_inset space ~
32001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32003 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32012 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32016 \begin_layout Standard
32017 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32018 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32026 \begin_layout Itemize
32027 Even if you have selected
32033 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32036 dialog, users who have only the
32040 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32044 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32045 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32046 french quotes won't show up.
32049 \begin_layout Standard
32050 \begin_inset Float table
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 \begin_inset Caption
32058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32061 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 \begin_inset Tabular
32080 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32081 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 \begin_layout Standard
36512 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36514 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36515 also the characters from
36527 \begin_layout Itemize
36536 \begin_layout Standard
36537 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36545 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36552 \begin_layout Standard
36553 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36593 \begin_layout Itemize
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36614 \begin_layout Standard
36616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36630 \begin_layout Standard
36632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36638 \begin_layout Standard
36640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36657 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36658 Also make sure you're using the
36665 \begin_layout Chapter
36668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36670 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36679 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36680 topic inside the user's guide.
36683 \begin_layout Section
36685 \begin_inset Index idx
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 \begin_layout Standard
36702 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36703 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36706 \begin_layout Subsection
36710 \begin_layout Standard
36711 Creates a new document.
36714 \begin_layout Subsection
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36719 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36720 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36721 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36724 \begin_layout Subsection
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36732 \begin_layout Subsection
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36737 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36738 Click there on a file to open it.
36741 \begin_layout Subsection
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 Closes the current document.
36749 \begin_layout Subsection
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36754 Closes all opened documents.
36757 \begin_layout Subsection
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36762 Saves the actual document.
36765 \begin_layout Subsection
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36777 \begin_layout Standard
36778 Saves all opened documents.
36781 \begin_layout Subsection
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36786 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36789 \begin_layout Subsection
36793 \begin_layout Standard
36794 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36795 It is described in the section
36797 Version Control in LyX
36801 Additional Features
36806 \begin_layout Subsection
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36812 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36813 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36814 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 When using the menu entry
36821 \begin_inset space ~
36826 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36830 \begin_inset space ~
36834 \begin_inset space ~
36839 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36840 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36843 \begin_layout Subsection
36845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36854 \begin_layout Standard
36855 You can export your document to various file formats.
36856 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36857 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36858 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36864 \begin_inset space ~
36868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36870 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36877 \begin_layout Description
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36886 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36888 \begin_inset Newline newline
36891 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36894 \begin_layout Description
36902 \begin_layout Description
36903 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36907 \begin_layout Description
36909 \begin_inset space ~
36913 \begin_inset space ~
36916 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36920 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36928 \begin_layout Description
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 \begin_inset space ~
36948 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36949 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36953 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36956 \begin_layout Description
36963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36976 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36977 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36985 \begin_layout Description
36987 \begin_inset space ~
36990 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36998 is replaced by the version number)
37001 \begin_layout Description
37002 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37005 \begin_layout Description
37006 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37019 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37023 \begin_layout Description
37027 \begin_inset space ~
37032 PDF-format using the program
37037 \begin_layout Description
37041 \begin_inset space ~
37046 PDF-format using the program
37051 \begin_layout Description
37055 \begin_inset space ~
37060 PDF-format using the program
37065 \begin_layout Description
37069 \begin_inset space ~
37077 \begin_layout Description
37081 \begin_inset space ~
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37090 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37091 and then exported as text using the program
37096 \begin_layout Description
37101 PostScript format using the program
37106 \begin_layout Description
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37119 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37120 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37126 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37130 If one of the menu entries
37137 \begin_inset space ~
37146 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37147 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37148 \begin_inset space ~
37152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37154 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37159 \begin_inset Index idx
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 Reconfiguration of LyX
37171 \begin_layout Standard
37176 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37177 the export program.
37180 \begin_layout Subsection
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37185 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37186 format or send it to a printer.
37187 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37188 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37194 For more information have a look at section
37195 \begin_inset space ~
37199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37201 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37208 \begin_layout Subsection
37212 \begin_layout Standard
37213 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37214 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37215 prefix, see section
37216 \begin_inset space ~
37220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37222 reference "sec:Paths"
37227 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37236 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37237 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37238 \begin_inset space ~
37242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37244 reference "sub:Converters"
37251 \begin_layout Subsection
37252 New and Close Window
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37256 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37259 \begin_layout Subsection
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37267 \begin_layout Section
37269 \begin_inset Index idx
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37281 \begin_layout Subsection
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37286 Described in section
37287 \begin_inset space ~
37291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37293 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37300 \begin_layout Subsection
37301 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37304 \begin_layout Standard
37305 Described in section
37306 \begin_inset space ~
37310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37312 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37319 \begin_layout Subsection
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 Selects the whole document.
37327 \begin_layout Subsection
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37332 Described in section
37333 \begin_inset space ~
37337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37339 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37346 \begin_layout Subsection
37347 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37350 \begin_layout Standard
37351 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37355 \begin_layout Subsection
37359 \begin_layout Standard
37360 Described in section
37361 \begin_inset space ~
37365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37367 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37374 \begin_layout Subsection
37376 \begin_inset Index idx
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 Paragraph ! Settings
37388 \begin_layout Standard
37389 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37390 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37394 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37395 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37397 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37411 \begin_layout Subsection
37412 Table Settings and Math
37415 \begin_layout Standard
37416 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37418 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37419 The properties of tables are described in section
37420 \begin_inset space ~
37424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37426 reference "sec:Tables"
37430 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37431 \begin_inset space ~
37435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37437 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37444 \begin_layout Subsection
37445 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37448 \begin_layout Standard
37449 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37450 that can be nested.
37451 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37452 \begin_inset space ~
37456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37458 reference "sec:Nesting"
37463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37465 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37472 \begin_layout Section
37474 \begin_inset Index idx
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 \begin_layout Standard
37491 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37492 document with an external program.
37493 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37494 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37495 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37496 \begin_inset space ~
37500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37502 reference "sub:Export"
37507 You should at least see the menu entries
37514 \begin_inset space ~
37520 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37521 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37522 \begin_inset space ~
37526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37528 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37533 \begin_inset Index idx
37536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 Reconfiguration of LyX
37545 \begin_layout Standard
37546 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37547 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37548 \begin_inset space ~
37552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37554 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37559 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37562 \begin_layout Standard
37563 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37566 At the bottom of the
37570 menu the opened documents are listed.
37573 \begin_layout Subsection
37574 Open/Close all Insets
37577 \begin_layout Standard
37578 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37581 \begin_layout Subsection
37582 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37585 \begin_layout Standard
37586 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37589 \begin_layout Standard
37590 Math macros are described in the
37597 \begin_layout Subsection
37601 \begin_layout Standard
37602 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37604 \begin_inset space ~
37608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37610 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37615 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37619 \begin_layout Subsection
37621 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37625 \begin_layout Standard
37627 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37628 Opens a window showing console messages.
37629 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37633 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37634 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37637 \begin_layout Subsection
37639 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37643 \begin_layout Standard
37645 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37646 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37647 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37648 \begin_inset space ~
37652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37654 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37658 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37659 \begin_inset space ~
37663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37665 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37669 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37672 \begin_layout Subsection
37674 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37675 View (Other Formats)
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37680 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37681 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37686 \begin_layout Subsection
37690 \begin_layout Standard
37691 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37692 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37693 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37695 without opening a new view
37696 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37700 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37704 \begin_layout Subsection
37706 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37707 Update (Other Formats)
37710 \begin_layout Standard
37712 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37713 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37714 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37717 \begin_layout Subsection
37719 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37720 View Master Document
37723 \begin_layout Standard
37725 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37726 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37743 manual for more information on this topic).
37744 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37745 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37750 generates the output of the whole book, while
37754 will just output the chapter alone.
37757 \begin_layout Standard
37759 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37760 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37761 in the preferences (see sec.
37762 \begin_inset space ~
37766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37768 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37772 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37773 \begin_inset space ~
37777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37779 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37786 \begin_layout Subsection
37788 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37789 Update Master Document
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37794 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37795 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37812 manual for more information on this topic).
37813 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37814 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37817 \begin_layout Standard
37819 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37820 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37821 in the preferences (see sec.
37822 \begin_inset space ~
37826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37828 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37832 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37833 \begin_inset space ~
37837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37839 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37846 \begin_layout Subsection
37850 \begin_layout Standard
37851 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37852 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37853 view the same document, but at different positions.
37854 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37855 or more documents at the same time.
37856 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37863 \begin_layout Subsection
37867 \begin_layout Standard
37868 Closes a split view.
37871 \begin_layout Subsection
37875 \begin_layout Standard
37876 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37877 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37878 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37879 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37880 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37883 \begin_layout Subsection
37885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37887 name "sub:Toolbars"
37892 \begin_inset Index idx
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37904 \begin_layout Standard
37905 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37906 All toolbars and the
37909 \begin_inset space ~
37914 can be turned on and off.
37919 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37931 \begin_inset space ~
37940 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37944 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37951 \begin_layout Standard
37956 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37960 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37961 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37962 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37963 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37964 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37967 \begin_layout Standard
37968 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37975 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37982 \begin_layout Section
37984 \begin_inset Index idx
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 \begin_layout Subsection
38000 \begin_layout Standard
38001 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38002 \begin_inset space ~
38006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38008 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38019 \begin_layout Subsection
38021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38023 name "sub:Special-Character"
38030 \begin_layout Standard
38031 Here you can insert the following characters:
38034 \begin_layout Description
38035 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38036 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38037 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38038 \begin_inset Newline newline
38042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 Not all characters will be visible in the
38054 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38062 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38066 ) can display every character.
38074 \begin_layout Description
38075 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38079 \begin_layout Description
38081 \begin_inset space ~
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38088 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38089 \begin_inset space ~
38093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38095 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38102 \begin_layout Description
38104 \begin_inset space ~
38107 Quote Inserts this quote:
38108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38111 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38123 \begin_layout Description
38125 \begin_inset space ~
38128 Quote Inserts this quote:
38129 \begin_inset Quotes els
38135 \begin_layout Description
38137 \begin_inset space ~
38140 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38144 \begin_layout Description
38146 \begin_inset space ~
38149 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38153 \begin_layout Description
38155 \begin_inset space ~
38158 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38162 \begin_layout Description
38164 \begin_inset space ~
38168 \begin_inset Index idx
38171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 \begin_inset Index idx
38181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38187 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38188 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38189 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38194 \begin_inset Index idx
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38198 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38204 \begin_inset Newline newline
38207 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38211 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38219 and this Wiki-page:
38220 \begin_inset Newline newline
38224 \begin_inset Flex URL
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38237 \begin_layout Subsection
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38245 \begin_layout Description
38246 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38247 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38253 \begin_layout Description
38254 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38255 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38261 \begin_layout Description
38263 \begin_inset space ~
38266 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38267 \begin_inset space ~
38271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38273 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38280 \begin_layout Description
38282 \begin_inset space ~
38285 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38286 \begin_inset space ~
38290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38292 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38299 \begin_layout Description
38301 \begin_inset space ~
38304 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38311 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38318 \begin_layout Description
38320 \begin_inset space ~
38323 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38324 \begin_inset space ~
38328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38330 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38337 \begin_layout Description
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38342 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38343 \begin_inset space ~
38347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38349 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38356 \begin_layout Description
38358 \begin_inset space ~
38361 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38362 \begin_inset space ~
38366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38368 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38375 \begin_layout Description
38377 \begin_inset space ~
38380 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38387 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38394 \begin_layout Description
38396 \begin_inset space ~
38399 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38400 \begin_inset space ~
38404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38406 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38413 \begin_layout Description
38415 \begin_inset space ~
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38422 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38423 \begin_inset space ~
38427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38429 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38436 \begin_layout Description
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38441 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38442 text line to the page border, see section
38443 \begin_inset space ~
38447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38449 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38456 \begin_layout Description
38458 \begin_inset space ~
38461 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38462 \begin_inset space ~
38466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38468 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38475 \begin_layout Description
38477 \begin_inset space ~
38480 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38481 text page to the page border, described in section
38482 \begin_inset space ~
38486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38488 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38495 \begin_layout Description
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38500 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38501 \begin_inset space ~
38505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38507 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38514 \begin_layout Description
38516 \begin_inset space ~
38520 \begin_inset space ~
38523 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38524 \begin_inset space ~
38528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38530 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38537 \begin_layout Subsection
38541 \begin_layout Standard
38542 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38543 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38551 reference "sec:toc"
38556 The index list is described in section
38557 \begin_inset space ~
38561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38563 reference "sec:Index"
38567 , the nomenclature in section
38568 \begin_inset space ~
38572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38574 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38578 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38579 \begin_inset space ~
38583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38585 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38592 \begin_layout Subsection
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 To insert floats, described in section
38598 \begin_inset space ~
38602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38604 reference "sec:Floats"
38611 \begin_layout Subsection
38615 \begin_layout Standard
38616 To insert notes, described in section
38617 \begin_inset space ~
38621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38623 reference "sec:Notes"
38630 \begin_layout Subsection
38634 \begin_layout Standard
38635 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38636 \begin_inset space ~
38640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38642 reference "sec:Branches"
38649 \begin_layout Subsection
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38655 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38657 An example is the document class
38658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38665 with three custom insets.
38668 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38674 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38677 \begin_layout Subsection
38679 \begin_inset Index idx
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 \begin_layout Standard
38692 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38693 files in your document.
38694 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38705 \begin_layout Subsection
38707 \begin_inset Index idx
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38719 \begin_layout Standard
38720 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38721 \begin_inset space ~
38725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38727 reference "sec:Minipages"
38732 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38743 \begin_layout Subsection
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Inserts a citation as described in section
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38755 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38762 \begin_layout Subsection
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38768 \begin_inset space ~
38772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38774 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38781 \begin_layout Subsection
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38786 Inserts a label as described in section
38787 \begin_inset space ~
38791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38793 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38800 \begin_layout Subsection
38802 \begin_inset Index idx
38805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 \begin_inset Index idx
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 Longtables ! Caption
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38826 Floats are described in section
38827 \begin_inset space ~
38831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38833 reference "sec:Floats"
38837 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sec:Index"
38867 \begin_layout Subsection
38871 \begin_layout Standard
38872 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38873 \begin_inset space ~
38877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38879 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38886 \begin_layout Subsection
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38892 Tables are described in section
38893 \begin_inset space ~
38897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38899 reference "sec:Tables"
38906 \begin_layout Subsection
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38912 Graphics are described in section
38913 \begin_inset space ~
38917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38919 reference "sec:Graphics"
38926 \begin_layout Subsection
38930 \begin_layout Standard
38931 Inserts an URL as described in section
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38938 reference "sub:URLs"
38945 \begin_layout Subsection
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38950 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38951 \begin_inset space ~
38955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38957 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38964 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38969 Inserts a footnote, see section
38970 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38976 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38983 \begin_layout Subsection
38987 \begin_layout Standard
38988 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38989 \begin_inset space ~
38993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38995 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39002 \begin_layout Subsection
39006 \begin_layout Standard
39007 Inserts a short title, see section
39008 \begin_inset space ~
39012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39014 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39021 \begin_layout Subsection
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39033 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39040 \begin_layout Subsection
39042 \begin_inset Index idx
39045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39054 \begin_layout Standard
39055 Inserts a program listings box.
39056 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39058 Program Code Listings
39067 \begin_layout Subsection
39071 \begin_layout Standard
39072 Inserts the actual date.
39073 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39075 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39087 \begin_layout Section
39089 \begin_inset Index idx
39092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39101 \begin_layout Standard
39102 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39106 of the current document.
39107 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39110 \begin_layout Subsection
39114 \begin_layout Standard
39115 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39116 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39122 \begin_inset space \space{}
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39130 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39131 \begin_inset space ~
39134 2.5 and use the menu
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39164 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39168 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39174 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39182 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39185 \begin_layout Subsection
39186 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39189 \begin_layout Standard
39190 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39194 \begin_layout Subsection
39198 \begin_layout Standard
39199 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39200 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39201 on a cross-reference box.
39204 \begin_layout Section
39206 \begin_inset Index idx
39209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39218 \begin_layout Subsection
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 Change Tracking is described in section
39224 \begin_inset space ~
39228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39230 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39237 \begin_layout Subsection
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39255 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39258 \begin_layout Standard
39259 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39264 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39267 \begin_layout Subsection
39271 \begin_layout Standard
39272 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39279 reference "sec:Navigating"
39284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39286 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39293 \begin_layout Subsection
39294 Start Appendix Here
39297 \begin_layout Standard
39298 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39299 position as described in section
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39306 reference "sec:Appendices"
39313 \begin_layout Subsection
39317 \begin_layout Standard
39318 Un/compresses the current document.
39321 \begin_layout Subsection
39325 \begin_layout Standard
39326 The document settings are described in appendix
39327 \begin_inset space ~
39331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39333 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39340 \begin_layout Section
39342 \begin_inset Index idx
39345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39354 \begin_layout Subsection
39358 \begin_layout Standard
39359 Spell checking is explained in section
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39366 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39373 \begin_layout Subsection
39377 \begin_layout Standard
39378 The thesaurus is described in section
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39385 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39392 \begin_layout Subsection
39394 \begin_inset Index idx
39397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39404 \begin_inset Index idx
39407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39417 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39418 highlighted document part.
39421 \begin_layout Subsection
39423 \begin_inset Index idx
39426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39435 \begin_layout Standard
39436 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39439 \begin_layout Subsection
39441 \begin_inset Index idx
39444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39445 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39456 Reconfiguration of LyX
39460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39473 \begin_inset Index idx
39476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39477 Reconfiguration of LyX
39485 \begin_layout Standard
39486 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39487 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39494 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39501 \begin_layout Subsection
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39506 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39507 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39513 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39520 \begin_layout Section
39522 \begin_inset Index idx
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39534 \begin_layout Standard
39535 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39548 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39549 found by LyX (see also section
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39563 \begin_layout Section
39565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39567 name "sec:Toolbars"
39574 \begin_layout Standard
39575 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39582 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39589 \begin_layout Standard
39590 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39591 This is described in the
39593 Additional Features
39598 \begin_layout Subsection
39600 \begin_inset Index idx
39603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39612 \begin_layout Standard
39613 \begin_inset Graphics
39614 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39622 \begin_layout Standard
39623 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39629 \begin_layout Standard
39630 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39647 \begin_inset Note Note
39650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39651 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39656 manual for more information.
39664 \begin_layout Standard
39665 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39671 \begin_layout Standard
39672 \begin_inset Tabular
39673 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39674 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39682 \begin_inset Graphics
39683 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39710 \begin_layout Standard
39711 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39717 \begin_layout Standard
39719 \begin_inset Tabular
39720 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39721 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39722 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39723 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39807 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39823 arg "dialog-show print"
39831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39837 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39957 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40033 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40071 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40085 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40086 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40116 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40150 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40152 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40154 \begin_inset space ~
40165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 arg "textstyle-apply"
40182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 Formats text using the current settings in the
40188 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40190 \begin_inset space ~
40201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40225 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40245 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40273 arg "tabular-insert"
40281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40303 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40315 Toggle outline window on/off,
40317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40345 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40360 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40372 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40385 \begin_layout Subsection
40387 \begin_inset Index idx
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40399 \begin_layout Standard
40400 \begin_inset Graphics
40401 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40410 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40416 \begin_layout Standard
40417 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40421 \begin_layout Standard
40422 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40428 \begin_layout Standard
40429 \begin_inset Tabular
40430 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40431 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40432 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40433 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 arg "layout Enumerate"
40478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40497 arg "layout Itemize"
40505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40551 arg "layout Description"
40559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40578 arg "depth-increment"
40586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40594 \begin_inset space ~
40598 \begin_inset space ~
40607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40616 arg "depth-decrement"
40624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40632 \begin_inset space ~
40636 \begin_inset space ~
40645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 arg "float-insert figure"
40662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40669 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40685 arg "float-insert table"
40693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40700 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40746 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40776 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40822 \begin_inset space ~
40831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 arg "nomencl-insert"
40848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40856 \begin_inset space ~
40865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40874 arg "footnote-insert"
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40920 \begin_inset space ~
40929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40953 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40955 \begin_inset space ~
40964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41069 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41078 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41093 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41100 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41124 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41126 \begin_inset space ~
41135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 arg "dialog-show character"
41152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41178 arg "layout-paragraph"
41186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41192 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41194 \begin_inset space ~
41203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41226 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41240 \begin_layout Subsection
41241 View / Update Toolbar
41242 \begin_inset Index idx
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 Toolbar ! View / Update
41252 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
41256 \begin_layout Standard
41257 \begin_inset Graphics
41258 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41265 \begin_layout Standard
41266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41272 \begin_layout Standard
41273 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41277 \begin_layout Standard
41278 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41284 \begin_layout Standard
41285 \begin_inset Tabular
41286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41287 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41289 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41313 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41315 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
41317 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
41326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 arg "buffer-update"
41343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41349 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41351 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
41352 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 arg "master-buffer-view"
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41384 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41386 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
41388 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
41397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 arg "master-buffer-update"
41414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41422 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
41423 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41425 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
41434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
41460 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
41463 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41465 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
41467 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
41468 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41469 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41470 Synchronize with Output
41478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
41485 \begin_inset Graphics
41486 filename ../images/view-others.png
41488 groupId toolbarbuttons
41495 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
41499 arg "buffer-update ps"
41509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41516 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
41517 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41519 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
41520 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41521 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41523 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41524 View (Other Formats)
41532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41539 \begin_inset Graphics
41540 filename ../images/update-others.png
41542 groupId toolbarbuttons
41551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41559 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41560 Update (Other Formats)
41571 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41575 \begin_layout Standard
41577 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41578 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41584 \begin_layout Subsection
41588 \begin_layout Standard
41589 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41596 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41600 , the table toolbar
41601 \begin_inset Index idx
41604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 manual, the math macro toolbar
41615 \begin_inset Index idx
41618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41631 \begin_layout Chapter
41632 The Document Settings
41633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41635 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41640 \begin_inset Index idx
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 Document ! Settings
41652 \begin_layout Standard
41653 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41654 whole document and is called with the menu
41656 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41660 You can save your document settings as default with th
41662 e Save as Document Defaults
41664 button in the dialog.
41665 This will create a template named
41669 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41673 \begin_layout Standard
41674 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41677 \begin_layout Section
41681 \begin_layout Standard
41682 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41684 Document classes are described in section
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41691 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41696 Some classes use some class options by default.
41697 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41701 and you can decide to use them or not.
41702 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41703 recommended not to touch them.
41704 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41710 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41711 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 When you want one of the following drivers
41718 \begin_inset Newline newline
41721 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41722 \begin_inset Newline newline
41725 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41732 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41744 \begin_layout Standard
41745 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41746 child or subdocument.
41747 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41748 without its master.
41749 This way child documents are always compilable.
41750 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41761 \begin_layout Section
41765 \begin_layout Standard
41766 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41767 Please refer to the section
41775 manual for details.
41778 \begin_layout Section
41782 \begin_layout Standard
41783 Modules are explained in section
41784 \begin_inset space ~
41788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41790 reference "sub:Modules"
41797 \begin_layout Section
41801 \begin_layout Standard
41802 The document font settings are described in section
41803 \begin_inset space ~
41807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41809 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41816 \begin_layout Section
41820 \begin_layout Standard
41821 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41823 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41827 \begin_layout Standard
41828 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41829 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41830 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41833 \begin_layout Standard
41834 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41842 \begin_layout Section
41846 \begin_layout Standard
41847 A description of this menu is given in section
41848 \begin_inset space ~
41852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41854 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41861 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41868 \begin_layout Section
41872 \begin_layout Standard
41873 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41874 \begin_inset space ~
41878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41880 reference "sub:Margins"
41887 \begin_layout Section
41889 \begin_inset Index idx
41892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 Language ! Encoding
41901 \begin_layout Standard
41902 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41903 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41904 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41905 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41906 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41907 known for a particular character).
41911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41912 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41913 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41918 manual for details.
41926 \begin_layout Standard
41927 If you use the option
41931 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41932 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41933 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41934 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41935 exactly one encoding.
41936 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41939 \begin_layout Standard
41940 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41941 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41942 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41943 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41944 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41945 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41950 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41951 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41952 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41953 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41954 engines to standard LaTeX.
41955 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41956 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41978 \begin_inset space ~
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 \begin_inset space ~
42003 \begin_inset space ~
42007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42009 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42013 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42016 \begin_layout Standard
42017 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42020 \begin_layout Description
42022 \begin_inset space ~
42026 \begin_inset space ~
42030 \begin_inset space ~
42037 , but the LaTeX-package
42042 \begin_inset Index idx
42045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42052 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42053 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42054 languages in TeX code.
42057 \begin_layout Description
42058 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42059 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42060 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42063 \begin_layout Description
42065 \begin_inset space ~
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42072 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42075 \begin_layout Description
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42084 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42087 \begin_layout Description
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42092 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42104 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42105 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42108 \begin_layout Description
42110 \begin_inset space ~
42114 \begin_inset space ~
42117 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42121 \begin_layout Description
42123 \begin_inset space ~
42127 \begin_inset space ~
42130 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42131 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42134 \begin_layout Description
42136 \begin_inset space ~
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42144 \begin_inset space ~
42147 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42154 \begin_layout Description
42156 \begin_inset space ~
42160 \begin_inset space ~
42164 \begin_inset space ~
42167 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42168 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42171 \begin_layout Description
42173 \begin_inset space ~
42177 \begin_inset space ~
42180 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42181 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42182 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42183 \begin_inset space ~
42187 \begin_inset space ~
42193 \begin_layout Description
42195 \begin_inset space ~
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42202 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42203 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42204 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42205 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42206 \begin_inset space ~
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42216 \begin_layout Description
42218 \begin_inset space ~
42222 \begin_inset space ~
42225 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42228 \begin_layout Description
42230 \begin_inset space ~
42234 \begin_inset space ~
42237 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42240 \begin_layout Description
42242 \begin_inset space ~
42246 \begin_inset space ~
42249 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42252 \begin_layout Description
42254 \begin_inset space ~
42257 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42260 \begin_layout Description
42262 \begin_inset space ~
42265 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42268 \begin_layout Description
42270 \begin_inset space ~
42274 \begin_inset space ~
42277 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42280 \begin_layout Description
42282 \begin_inset space ~
42286 \begin_inset space ~
42292 \begin_layout Description
42294 \begin_inset space ~
42298 \begin_inset space ~
42301 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42304 \begin_layout Description
42306 \begin_inset space ~
42310 \begin_inset space ~
42316 \begin_layout Description
42318 \begin_inset space ~
42322 \begin_inset space ~
42325 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42330 \begin_inset Index idx
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42339 , when using this, set the document language to
42344 \begin_layout Description
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42350 \begin_inset space ~
42353 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42357 , when using this, set the document language to
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42366 \begin_layout Description
42368 \begin_inset space ~
42372 \begin_inset space ~
42375 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42380 \begin_inset Index idx
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42384 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42389 , when using this, set the document language to
42394 \begin_layout Description
42396 \begin_inset space ~
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42403 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42407 , when using this, set the document language to
42412 \begin_layout Description
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42418 \begin_inset space ~
42421 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42425 , when using this, set the document language to
42430 \begin_layout Description
42432 \begin_inset space ~
42435 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42438 \begin_layout Description
42440 \begin_inset space ~
42444 \begin_inset space ~
42448 \begin_inset space ~
42451 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42454 \begin_layout Description
42456 \begin_inset space ~
42460 \begin_inset space ~
42464 \begin_inset space ~
42467 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42468 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42469 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42472 \begin_layout Description
42474 \begin_inset space ~
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42484 \begin_layout Description
42486 \begin_inset space ~
42490 \begin_inset space ~
42493 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42494 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42497 \begin_layout Description
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset space ~
42506 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42511 \begin_inset Index idx
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42515 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42520 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42532 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42540 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42545 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42547 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42550 \begin_layout Description
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42559 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42564 \begin_inset Index idx
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42568 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42573 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42576 \begin_layout Description
42578 \begin_inset space ~
42581 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42586 \begin_inset Index idx
42589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42596 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42600 \begin_layout Description
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42610 \begin_inset space ~
42613 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42614 \begin_inset space ~
42620 \begin_layout Description
42622 \begin_inset space ~
42626 \begin_inset space ~
42630 \begin_inset space ~
42633 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42634 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42635 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42639 \begin_layout Description
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42652 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42653 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42654 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42658 \begin_layout Standard
42660 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42661 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42665 LatexCommand formatted
42666 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42670 for more information on the language package.
42675 \begin_layout Section
42679 \begin_layout Standard
42680 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42681 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42682 \begin_inset space ~
42686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42688 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42695 \begin_layout Section
42699 \begin_layout Standard
42700 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42705 \begin_inset Index idx
42708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42709 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42719 \begin_inset Index idx
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42723 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42728 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42733 \begin_inset Index idx
42736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42742 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42744 For a further description see section
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42751 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42758 \begin_layout Section
42762 \begin_layout Standard
42763 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42764 and you can define additional indexes.
42765 Please refer to section
42766 \begin_inset space ~
42770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42772 reference "sec:Index"
42779 \begin_layout Section
42783 \begin_layout Standard
42784 The PDF properties are explained in section
42785 \begin_inset space ~
42789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42791 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42798 \begin_layout Section
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42803 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42808 \begin_inset Index idx
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42822 \begin_inset Index idx
42825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42831 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42834 \begin_layout Standard
42839 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42840 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42843 \begin_layout Standard
42848 is used for special integral characters.
42851 \begin_layout Section
42855 \begin_layout Standard
42856 The float placement options are described in section
42857 \begin_inset space ~
42861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42863 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42870 \begin_layout Section
42874 \begin_layout Standard
42875 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42876 The itemize environment is described in section
42877 \begin_inset space ~
42881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42883 reference "sec:Itemize"
42890 \begin_layout Section
42894 \begin_layout Standard
42895 Branches are described in section
42896 \begin_inset space ~
42900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42902 reference "sec:Branches"
42907 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42911 \begin_layout Section
42913 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42917 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42924 \begin_layout Standard
42926 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42927 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42930 \begin_layout Description
42932 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42934 \begin_inset space ~
42938 \begin_inset space ~
42941 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42961 View Master Document
42962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42969 Update Master Document
42970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42977 menu or the toolbar.
42978 The default is set in
42980 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42981 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42986 LatexCommand formatted
42987 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42994 \begin_layout Description
42996 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
42998 \begin_inset space ~
43002 \begin_inset space ~
43006 \begin_inset Note Note
43009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
43022 \begin_layout Description
43024 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
43026 \begin_inset space ~
43030 \begin_inset space ~
43034 \begin_inset Note Note
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
43052 \begin_layout Section
43057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 \begin_layout Standard
43068 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43069 to define LaTeX-commands.
43070 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43071 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43075 \begin_layout Standard
43076 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43077 \begin_inset space ~
43081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43083 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43090 \begin_layout Chapter
43096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43098 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43103 \begin_inset Index idx
43106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43115 \begin_layout Standard
43116 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43118 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43122 It has the following submenus.
43125 \begin_layout Section
43129 \begin_layout Subsection
43133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43134 User Interface File
43135 \begin_inset Index idx
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43139 Customization ! of toolbars
43145 \begin_inset Index idx
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43149 Customization ! of menus
43157 \begin_layout Standard
43158 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43166 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43175 \begin_layout Standard
43176 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43177 interface (ui) file.
43178 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43179 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43188 Both files are loaded by the
43193 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43194 files and edit the entries.
43197 \begin_layout Standard
43198 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43210 entries must be ended with an explicit
43235 and in the case of the
43236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43248 The syntax for the entries is:
43251 \begin_layout Standard
43252 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43280 \begin_layout Standard
43282 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43285 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43287 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43289 \begin_inset space ~
43297 \begin_layout Standard
43298 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43304 \begin_layout Standard
43305 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43307 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43310 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43314 \begin_layout Standard
43315 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43339 \begin_layout Standard
43341 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43344 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43351 \begin_layout Standard
43354 Enable tool tips in main work area
43356 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43360 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43364 \begin_layout Standard
43368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43375 restoring of window layout and geometries
43377 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43378 in the last LyX session.
43381 \begin_layout Standard
43384 Restore cursor positions
43386 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43390 \begin_layout Standard
43393 Load opened files from last session
43395 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43402 name "sub:Backup documents"
43407 \begin_inset Index idx
43410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43419 \begin_layout Standard
43424 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43427 \begin_layout Standard
43432 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43435 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43437 \begin_inset space ~
43445 \begin_layout Standard
43448 Open documents in tabs
43450 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43454 \begin_layout Subsection
43456 \begin_inset Index idx
43459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43468 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43475 \begin_layout Standard
43476 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43479 \begin_layout Standard
43480 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43488 This section only deals with the fonts
43493 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43497 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43508 \begin_layout Standard
43509 By default, LyX uses
43513 as roman (serif) font,
43521 (depends on the system) as
43524 \begin_inset space ~
43540 \begin_layout Standard
43541 You can change the font size with the
43546 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43547 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43550 \begin_layout Standard
43555 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43556 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43561 points have the size of 1
43562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43566 \begin_inset space ~
43570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43572 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43579 \begin_layout Standard
43584 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43589 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43590 \begin_inset space ~
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43596 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43603 \begin_layout Standard
43606 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43608 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43609 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43610 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43611 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43613 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43614 \begin_inset space ~
43620 \begin_layout Subsection
43622 \begin_inset Index idx
43625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43632 \begin_inset Index idx
43635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43644 \begin_layout Standard
43645 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43646 Choose an item in the list and use the
43653 \begin_layout Subsection
43655 \begin_inset Index idx
43658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43667 \begin_layout Standard
43668 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43671 \begin_layout Standard
43676 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43677 This feature is described in section
43678 \begin_inset space ~
43682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43684 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43691 \begin_layout Standard
43695 \begin_inset space ~
43699 \begin_inset space ~
43703 \begin_inset space ~
43708 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43711 \begin_layout Section
43713 \begin_inset Index idx
43716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43725 \begin_layout Subsection
43729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43733 \begin_layout Standard
43736 Cursor follows scrollbar
43738 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43742 \begin_layout Standard
43745 Sort environments alphabetically
43747 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43750 \begin_layout Standard
43753 Group environments by their category
43755 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43758 \begin_layout Standard
43759 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43775 \begin_layout Standard
43776 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43781 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43782 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43786 \begin_layout Subsection
43788 \begin_inset Index idx
43791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43798 \begin_inset Index idx
43801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43802 Settings ! Shortcuts
43810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43814 \begin_layout Standard
43815 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43816 Several binding files are available:
43819 \begin_layout Description
43820 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43823 \begin_layout Description
43824 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43835 \begin_layout Description
43836 mac.bind set of bindings for
43839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43847 \begin_layout Standard
43848 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43852 , and bind files for special languages.
43853 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43858 \begin_inset space \space{}
43862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43870 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43874 \begin_layout Standard
43875 Some bind-files, like
43879 , have only a small scope.
43880 When looking at the end of the file
43884 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43891 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43896 \begin_inset Index idx
43899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43900 Key Bindings ! Editing
43908 \begin_layout Standard
43909 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43910 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43911 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43914 Show key-bindings containing
43917 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43918 Insert there for example as keyword
43919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43926 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43936 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43937 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43941 that you will find in the
43948 \begin_layout Standard
43950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43954 \begin_inset space \space{}
43965 , select the function and press the
43970 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43971 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43972 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43973 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43974 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43976 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43978 The binding for the function
43982 is an example of this.
43985 \begin_layout Standard
43986 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43988 The syntax of the entries is:
43991 \begin_layout Standard
43997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44015 \begin_layout Subsection
44017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44019 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44024 \begin_inset Index idx
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44034 \begin_inset Index idx
44037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44038 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44046 \begin_layout Standard
44047 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44048 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44054 \begin_inset space \space{}
44057 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44058 can use the keyboard map file named
44065 \begin_layout Standard
44066 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44074 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44082 \begin_layout Standard
44083 Besides this, you can specify here the
44085 Wheel scrolling speed
44088 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44092 \begin_layout Subsection
44094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44096 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44101 \begin_inset Index idx
44104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44113 \begin_layout Standard
44114 Input completion is described in sec.
44115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44121 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44126 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44128 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44129 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44133 \begin_layout Section
44135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44142 \begin_inset Index idx
44145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44152 \begin_inset Index idx
44155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44164 \begin_layout Description
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44169 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44170 It is the default when you
44181 \begin_inset space ~
44189 \begin_layout Description
44191 \begin_inset space ~
44194 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44196 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44210 \begin_layout Description
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44215 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44221 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44225 \begin_inset Newline newline
44229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44241 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44249 \begin_layout Description
44251 \begin_inset space ~
44255 \begin_inset Index idx
44258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44264 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44265 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44266 \begin_inset space ~
44270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44272 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44280 will be used to save the backups.
44281 \begin_inset Newline newline
44284 The backup files have the ending
44285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44295 \begin_layout Description
44300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44307 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44308 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44309 \begin_inset Newline newline
44313 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44321 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44329 \begin_layout Description
44331 \begin_inset space ~
44334 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44337 \begin_layout Description
44339 \begin_inset space ~
44342 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44343 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44344 to find it on the system.
44345 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44346 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44352 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44355 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44356 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44360 \begin_layout Section
44364 \begin_layout Standard
44365 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44366 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44368 \begin_inset space ~
44372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44374 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44378 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44381 \begin_layout Section
44383 \begin_inset Index idx
44386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44387 Language ! Settings
44393 \begin_inset Index idx
44396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44397 Settings ! Language
44405 \begin_layout Subsection
44407 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
44409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44411 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44420 \begin_layout Description
44422 \begin_inset space ~
44426 \begin_inset space ~
44429 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44430 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44431 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44432 You find the actual translation status here:
44433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44435 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44436 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44443 \begin_layout Description
44445 \begin_inset space ~
44448 language is the language used in new documents
44451 \begin_layout Description
44453 \begin_inset space ~
44457 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
44459 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
44461 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
44462 LaTeX-command to load a
44463 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
44467 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
44469 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
44473 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
44475 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
44476 should be loaded to
44479 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
44483 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
44485 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44486 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44506 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
44507 default is the LaTeX-command
44514 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44515 most widespread language
44518 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44524 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44527 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44528 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44529 with an alternative language package (
44533 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44534 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44536 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44542 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44543 \begin_inset space ~
44547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44549 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44561 \begin_inset Newline newline
44565 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44566 The available selections are:
44570 \begin_layout Itemize
44573 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44582 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44586 \begin_layout Itemize
44589 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44594 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44595 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44596 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44599 \begin_layout Itemize
44602 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44607 Lets you load some other language package (via
44620 \begin_layout Itemize
44623 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44628 Loads no language package at all
44629 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44634 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44635 to the document language.
44636 A text label is, for instance, the word
44637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44644 at the beginning of every table caption.
44650 \begin_layout Description
44652 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44654 \begin_inset space ~
44658 \begin_inset space ~
44661 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44665 \begin_layout Description
44667 \begin_inset space ~
44670 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44671 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44672 An example is the start command
44678 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44698 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44703 \begin_layout Description
44705 \begin_inset space ~
44713 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44714 command toggles the package on and off.
44717 \begin_layout Description
44719 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44721 \begin_inset space ~
44733 \begin_layout Description
44735 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44737 \begin_inset space ~
44741 \begin_inset space ~
44745 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44747 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44751 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44754 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44755 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44757 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44764 \begin_layout Description
44766 \begin_inset space ~
44769 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44771 When this option is not set, the
44774 \begin_inset space ~
44779 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44780 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44783 \begin_inset space ~
44791 \begin_layout Description
44793 \begin_inset space ~
44799 \begin_inset space ~
44805 When it is not set, the
44808 \begin_inset space ~
44813 is set to the end of the document.
44816 \begin_layout Description
44818 \begin_inset space ~
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44825 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44826 language will be underlined blue.
44829 \begin_layout Description
44831 \begin_inset space ~
44835 \begin_inset space ~
44838 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44839 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44842 \begin_layout Description
44844 \begin_inset space ~
44847 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44848 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44849 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44850 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44853 \begin_layout Subsection
44857 \begin_layout Standard
44858 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44859 \begin_inset space ~
44863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44865 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44872 \begin_layout Section
44876 \begin_layout Subsection
44878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44885 \begin_inset Index idx
44888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 \begin_inset Index idx
44898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44907 \begin_layout Description
44909 \begin_inset space ~
44912 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44913 The name will be used when the
44918 \begin_inset Newline newline
44922 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44930 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44938 \begin_layout Description
44940 \begin_inset space ~
44944 \begin_inset space ~
44948 \begin_inset space ~
44951 printer This option works only for the
44956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44968 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44969 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44972 \begin_layout Description
44974 \begin_inset space ~
44977 command is the command LyX
44978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44985 LaTeX uses for printing.
44986 The default is on most systems
44993 \begin_layout Description
44995 \begin_inset space ~
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45002 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45003 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45004 of the program that provides the
45011 \begin_layout Subsection
45013 \begin_inset Index idx
45016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45023 \begin_inset Index idx
45026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45027 Settings ! Date format
45035 \begin_layout Standard
45036 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45037 \begin_inset Newline newline
45041 \begin_inset Flex URL
45044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45046 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45052 \begin_inset Newline newline
45055 For example the format
45056 \begin_inset Newline newline
45060 \begin_inset Newline newline
45063 prints the date as day/month/year.
45066 \begin_layout Subsection
45070 \begin_layout Description
45072 \begin_inset space ~
45076 \begin_inset space ~
45079 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45082 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45083 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45091 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45095 \begin_layout Description
45097 \begin_inset space ~
45100 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45105 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45106 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45109 \begin_layout Subsection
45114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45124 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45129 \begin_inset Index idx
45132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45141 \begin_layout Description
45143 \begin_inset space ~
45150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45158 \begin_inset space ~
45162 \begin_inset space ~
45165 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45170 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45192 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45205 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45206 LyX sets up in the background.
45207 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45210 \begin_layout Description
45212 \begin_inset space ~
45216 \begin_inset space ~
45219 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45224 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45227 \begin_layout Standard
45228 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45229 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45230 manuals of the applications.
45231 Currently the following commands can be set:
45234 \begin_layout Description
45239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45247 \begin_inset space ~
45250 command Command for the program
45254 that is described in the section
45260 Additional Features
45265 \begin_layout Description
45270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45278 \begin_inset space ~
45281 command Command for the program
45285 that generates the bibliography, see section
45286 \begin_inset space ~
45290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45292 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45299 \begin_layout Description
45301 \begin_inset space ~
45304 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45305 \begin_inset space ~
45309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45311 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45318 \begin_layout Description
45320 \begin_inset space ~
45323 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45324 \begin_inset space ~
45328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45330 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45337 \begin_layout Description
45339 \begin_inset space ~
45343 \begin_inset space ~
45347 \begin_inset space ~
45351 \begin_inset space ~
45354 options They only have an effect when the program
45358 is used as DVI-viewer.
45361 \begin_layout Standard
45362 There are additionally the following options:
45365 \begin_layout Description
45367 \begin_inset space ~
45371 \begin_inset space ~
45375 \begin_inset space ~
45379 \begin_inset space ~
45383 \begin_inset space ~
45386 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45404 to separate folders.
45405 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45406 \begin_inset Index idx
45409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45416 \begin_inset Index idx
45419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45428 \begin_layout Description
45430 \begin_inset space ~
45434 \begin_inset space ~
45438 \begin_inset space ~
45442 \begin_inset space ~
45446 \begin_inset space ~
45450 \begin_inset space ~
45453 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45458 dialog when changing the document class.
45461 \begin_layout Section
45463 \begin_inset space ~
45467 \begin_inset Index idx
45470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 \begin_layout Subsection
45481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45483 name "sub:Converters"
45488 \begin_inset Index idx
45491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45500 \begin_layout Standard
45501 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45502 from one format to another.
45503 You can modify them or create new ones.
45504 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45511 \begin_inset space ~
45521 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45525 \begin_inset space ~
45530 drop-down list, modify the
45534 field, and press the
45541 \begin_layout Standard
45544 Converter File Cache
45546 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45549 Maximum Age (in days
45552 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45553 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45556 \begin_layout Standard
45557 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45558 the converter definition, is described in the section
45569 \begin_layout Subsection
45571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45573 name "sec:File-Formats"
45578 \begin_inset Index idx
45581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45588 \begin_inset Index idx
45591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45600 \begin_layout Standard
45601 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45602 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45604 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45608 \begin_layout Standard
45610 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45611 Furthermore, you can define the
45612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45615 Default output format
45616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45619 that is used when you hit
45620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45639 View Master Document
45640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45647 Update Master Document
45648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45651 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45656 \begin_layout Standard
45657 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45658 is described in the section
45669 \begin_layout Standard
45670 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45671 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45672 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45673 This is done by specifying a
45678 More about this is described in the section
45689 \begin_layout Chapter
45690 Units available in LyX
45691 \begin_inset Index idx
45694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45703 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45710 \begin_layout Standard
45711 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45714 reference "cap:Units"
45718 explains all units available in LyX.
45721 \begin_layout Standard
45722 \begin_inset Float table
45728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45729 \begin_inset Caption
45731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45747 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45755 \begin_inset Tabular
45756 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45757 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45910 scaled point (65536
45911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45971 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46026 % of original image width
46033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46240 \begin_layout Chapter
46242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46251 \begin_layout Standard
46252 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46253 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46256 \begin_layout Itemize
46259 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46262 \begin_layout Itemize
46268 \begin_layout Itemize
46274 \begin_layout Itemize
46280 \begin_layout Itemize
46286 \begin_layout Itemize
46292 \begin_layout Itemize
46298 \begin_layout Itemize
46304 \begin_layout Itemize
46307 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46310 \begin_layout Itemize
46316 \begin_layout Itemize
46322 \begin_layout Itemize
46328 \begin_layout Itemize
46334 \begin_layout Itemize
46340 \begin_layout Itemize
46346 \begin_layout Itemize
46352 \begin_layout Itemize
46358 \begin_layout Itemize
46360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46369 \begin_layout Standard
46370 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46373 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46380 \begin_layout Bibliography
46381 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46383 LatexCommand bibitem
46390 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46393 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46398 \begin_inset Newline newline
46402 \begin_inset Flex URL
46405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46407 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46415 \begin_layout Bibliography
46416 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46418 LatexCommand bibitem
46419 key "latexcompanion"
46423 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46425 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46428 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46431 \begin_layout Bibliography
46432 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46434 LatexCommand bibitem
46439 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46442 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46445 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46448 \begin_layout Bibliography
46449 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46451 LatexCommand bibitem
46458 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46461 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46464 \begin_layout Bibliography
46465 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46466 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46467 LatexCommand bibitem
46479 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46482 \begin_layout Bibliography
46483 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46485 LatexCommand bibitem
46491 \begin_inset Newline newline
46495 \begin_inset Flex URL
46498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46500 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46508 \begin_layout Bibliography
46509 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46510 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46511 LatexCommand bibitem
46517 \begin_inset Newline newline
46521 \begin_inset Flex URL
46524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46526 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46534 \begin_layout Bibliography
46535 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46537 LatexCommand bibitem
46543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46545 name "Documentation"
46546 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46555 \begin_inset Newline newline
46559 \begin_inset Flex URL
46562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46564 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46572 \begin_layout Bibliography
46573 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46574 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46575 LatexCommand bibitem
46581 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46583 name "Documentation"
46584 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46588 how to use the program
46593 \begin_inset Newline newline
46597 \begin_inset Flex URL
46600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46602 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46610 \begin_layout Bibliography
46611 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46612 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46613 LatexCommand bibitem
46619 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46621 name "Documentation"
46622 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46631 \begin_inset Newline newline
46635 \begin_inset Flex URL
46638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46640 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46648 \begin_layout Bibliography
46649 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46650 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46651 LatexCommand bibitem
46657 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46659 name "Documentation"
46660 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46669 \begin_inset Newline newline
46673 \begin_inset Flex URL
46676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46678 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46686 \begin_layout Bibliography
46687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46689 LatexCommand bibitem
46695 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46697 name "Documentation"
46698 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46702 of the LaTeX-package
46707 \begin_inset Index idx
46710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46711 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46717 \begin_inset Newline newline
46721 \begin_inset Flex URL
46724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46726 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46734 \begin_layout Bibliography
46735 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46736 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46737 LatexCommand bibitem
46743 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46745 name "Documentation"
46746 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46750 of the LaTeX-package
46755 \begin_inset Index idx
46758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46759 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46765 \begin_inset Newline newline
46769 \begin_inset Flex URL
46772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46774 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46782 \begin_layout Bibliography
46783 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46785 LatexCommand bibitem
46793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46795 name "Documentation"
46796 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46802 of the LaTeX-package
46807 \begin_inset Index idx
46810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46811 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46817 \begin_inset Newline newline
46821 \begin_inset Flex URL
46824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46826 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46834 \begin_layout Bibliography
46835 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46836 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46837 LatexCommand bibitem
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46845 name "Documentation"
46846 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46850 of the LaTeX-package
46855 \begin_inset Index idx
46858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46859 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46865 \begin_inset Newline newline
46869 \begin_inset Flex URL
46872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46874 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46882 \begin_layout Bibliography
46883 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46884 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46885 LatexCommand bibitem
46891 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46893 name "Documentation"
46894 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46898 of the LaTeX-package
46903 \begin_inset Index idx
46906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46907 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46913 \begin_inset Newline newline
46917 \begin_inset Flex URL
46920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46922 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46930 \begin_layout Bibliography
46931 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46932 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46933 LatexCommand bibitem
46939 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46941 name "Documentation"
46942 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46946 of the LaTeX-package
46951 \begin_inset Index idx
46954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46955 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46961 \begin_inset Newline newline
46965 \begin_inset Flex URL
46968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46970 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46978 \begin_layout Bibliography
46979 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46981 LatexCommand bibitem
46987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46990 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46994 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46995 \begin_inset Newline newline
46999 \begin_inset Flex URL
47002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47004 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47012 \begin_layout Bibliography
47013 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47014 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47015 LatexCommand bibitem
47021 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47024 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47028 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47029 \begin_inset Newline newline
47033 \begin_inset Flex URL
47036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47038 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47046 \begin_layout Bibliography
47047 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47049 LatexCommand bibitem
47055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47058 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47062 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47063 \begin_inset Newline newline
47067 \begin_inset Flex URL
47070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47072 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47080 \begin_layout Bibliography
47081 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47083 LatexCommand bibitem
47089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47092 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47096 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47097 \begin_inset Newline newline
47101 \begin_inset Flex URL
47104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47106 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47114 \begin_layout Bibliography
47115 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47117 LatexCommand bibitem
47123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47126 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47130 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47131 \begin_inset Newline newline
47135 \begin_inset Flex URL
47138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47140 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47148 \begin_layout Bibliography
47149 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47150 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47151 LatexCommand bibitem
47157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47160 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47164 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47165 \begin_inset Newline newline
47169 \begin_inset Flex URL
47172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47174 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47182 \begin_layout Bibliography
47183 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47184 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47185 LatexCommand bibitem
47191 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47194 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47198 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47199 \begin_inset Newline newline
47203 \begin_inset Flex URL
47206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47208 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47216 \begin_layout Bibliography
47217 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47219 LatexCommand bibitem
47225 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47228 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47232 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47233 \begin_inset Newline newline
47237 \begin_inset Flex URL
47240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47242 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47250 \begin_layout Bibliography
47251 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47252 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47253 LatexCommand bibitem
47259 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47262 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47266 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47267 \begin_inset Newline newline
47271 \begin_inset Flex URL
47274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47276 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47284 \begin_layout Bibliography
47285 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47286 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47287 LatexCommand bibitem
47293 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47296 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47300 about new features in
47305 \begin_inset Newline newline
47309 \begin_inset Flex URL
47312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47314 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47322 \begin_layout Standard
47323 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47357 \begin_inset Note Note
47360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47367 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47368 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47369 bibliography is the second one:
47377 \begin_layout Standard
47378 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47379 LatexCommand bibtex
47380 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47381 options "biblio/alphadin"
47388 \begin_layout Standard
47389 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47392 \begin_layout Standard
47393 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47394 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47400 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47401 LatexCommand printindex